#highly recommend replaying DAI with this new context
Explore tagged Tumblr posts
Text
Also, Executors mention!!!
Like doing some of my first War Table missions.
#DAI#they were there the whole time guys#why are people so mad they popped back up in a bigger role in veilguard???#i remember this being really fucking weird but now i have answers!!!#i love this#highly recommend replaying DAI with this new context#like at least#if you don't want to go back to dao and da2 yet
16 notes
·
View notes
Note
Best PC game recs?
Oooh, well. I actually play most of my games on console because I prefer the controls, so if we're talking PC specific:
Baldur's Gate 3 is really great to play on PC because of its turn-based combat system, and is overall a fantastic game with brilliant writing, memorable characters and a really high class character creator. (They have also remastered the first two Baldur's Gate games, but I haven't played those editions and it's been years since I played the original BG games so I can't speak to how well they play on PC now).
I'm a big fan of the Nancy Drew mystery games on PC. They're click and point puzzle games that are a lot of fun to play. If you're any kind of puzzle fan you'll love them.
The Monkey Island games. These came out years ago but I've been replaying the special edition of The Secret of Monkey Island and they really hold up and are hilarious, so I think worth checking out.
Disney Dreamlight Valley is my favourite cosy game at the moment, I play it on both PC and Switch and it's just very relaxing and sweet and has a lot of fun decorating and clothing options
If we're talking games in general regardless of platform:
Dragon Age. All of them. Cannot rec these games enough, I'm obsessed with them. I think all of them are worth playing from a story point of view, but Origins definitely shows its age these days and is very clunky at times to play. I'm currently replaying on PC specifically so I can mod, which is great, but I definitely find the combat harder to manage on PC then I did playing on PS3. I'm not sure if it's available on PS4/5 so if you want to play, you may just need to play on PC.
Horizon Zero Dawn and Horizon Forbidden West. I've only played these on PS5 so I can't comment on what the PC gameplay is like, but they are absolutely among my favourite ever games with some of the best storytelling I've seen and I highly, highly recommend playing them on one platform or another.
Final Fantasy - OKAY so there are a LOT of FF games out there. Of the ones I've played my favourites are 7, 8 and 10, and obviously they've also now released the first two games in the FF7 Remake Trilogy which I am loving. You don't have to have played the OG FF7 to play the Remake, buuut I do think it adds a lot of context and they're doing things with the Remake trilogy that I think OG players are definitely receiving differently to new players. FF8 and FF10 both have remasters - FF10 in particular has some incredible storytelling.
Tomb Raider - I'm a big fan of the series generally. The Legend/Anniversary/Underworld trilogy is still my favourite overall, partly because Keeley Hawes is such a good Lara Croft, but the more recent Crystal Dynamics series is very fun. I think the first in the trilogy is more of a generic action/adventure game than a Tomb Raider game in all honesty but I still enjoyed it and the second two were huge improvements.
Uncharted - again, one of my favourite series and Nathan Drake is one of my favourite characters. I think all of them are worth replaying but A Thief's End is my fave of all of them and the one I've replayed the most.
Spider-Man and Spider-Man: Miles Morales - I've not finished Spider Man 2 yet but the first two games were really well done with fantastic storylines and are my favourite moderns renditions of Peter Parker tbqh.
Any of the LEGO games, but especially LEGO Lord of the Rings. They're absolutely hilarious and so much fun.
Spyro - I loved the original Spyro back in the day and they did a Remaster for PS4 which is so much and super cute, and is also available for PC!
Finally I think you probably need a DOS emulator to play it now but if you can get one of those I highly highly recommend the 1995 Discworld PC game. It is batshit insane and you will absolutely need a walkthrough for it, but it is also genius and if you're a Discworld fan at all you will love it.
#I did not mean for this to get so long it's basically just a list of my favourite video games lol#I think most of these are available on the PC#I'm just terrible at real time combat on the PC so I prefer console#but if you're fine with PC controls then I think these are all absolutely worth playing
5 notes
·
View notes
Note
Hii^^ first time interacting, great to make my presence known finally. I am obsessed with every fandom you post, and you're like the only one active on ikemen series, I love them all<3
For context, I will restart all my ikemen games accounts and replay them. It's good, since I don't remember much and haven't logged in I so long. My fav game is IkeRev💕 Fenrir is the loml.
I wanted to ask, which route should I play first? I've been thinking of starting with Ray and black army and then red and the rest. Opinion?
Hope I'm not annoying you of. Have a nice day always (^o^)
HIIII OMG I LOVE MEETONG NEW PEOPLE IN MY FANDOMS THAT MAKES ME SO HAPPYYYYY
jdjdjshjdjd hearing that im like the only one active is kinda silly LIKE FR,,,, AM I REALLY,,,,,, HELP ME
!!!! ikerev is my favorite too!! zero and edgar are my favs i am 10000% red army biased LMAO DO. DO NOT PLAY RAYS FIRST OMG. i know the fandom loves him but the entire first half of his route was just not engaging at all (ESPECIALLY since he STARTS OFF telling the mc he "doesn't have time to take care of a useless kid" which made me SO ANGRY)
if fenrir is your fav you should play his first!! ^^ BUT i would also HIGHLY recommend kyle for your first route if you'd like to get aquatinted with the red army <3 my loves
YOURE NOT ANNOYING ME I LOVE GETTING ASKS AND TALKING ABOUT CYBIRD GAMES PLEASE TALK TO ME WHENEVER!! SHAKES YOU HARD.
8 notes
·
View notes
Text
As some of you guys may have noticed on Twitter this past week or so, there were a couple different hashtags trending for short bursts of time like SaveSmash, FreeMelee, among others. I'd like to take the time to help give those out of the loop some context because there has been lots of misinformation going around.
First, if I get any facts mistaken let me know and I’ll be happy to correct it.
On 19 November 2020, Smash Bros tournament series, The Big House announced on Twitter that they have received a cease and desist from Nintendo of America (NOA) “primarily due to the usage of Slippi” and will cancel both the Super Smash Bros Melee and Super Smash Bros Ultimate online events. The Big House series has been hosting Smash tournaments for almost 10 years, and the more recent installments were even partnered with Nintendo.
Earlier this year, 22 June 2020, Project Slippi releases a version of Dolphin (a Nintendo Gamecube emulator) that includes features new to Melee like rollback netcode, integrated matchmaking, replay files, complex game statistics, and more. Rollback netcode is easily the most important addition, giving players an online experience that’s significantly better than what most modern fighting games provide. It’s especially valuable in a time where the world is fighting an ongoing pandemic and gathering dozens of players to compete in-person poses a major health risk. I could gush over how incredible Fizzi36 and the rest of the Project Slippi developers are for being able to incorporate rollback netcode into Melee, but that’s not the point of this post. Just need to know that the game’s ISO file and its contents do not need to be modified in any way in order for Slippi to do what it does.
Now, despite their claims, NOA is lying. As the copyright holder, Nintendo indeed has the legal right to shut down events, streams, and media that include any of their intellectual property. Most game companies don’t assert this right because, unlike Nintendo, they know it’s not a very good idea. However, based on The Big House’s initial statement and NOA’s follow up statement to Polygon on the C&D, the tournament was shut down for other reasons: game emulation/modification and piracy. First let me say that I’m not a lawyer and would rather have someone better suited explain; but from my understanding, Slippi would not be considered illegal modification of Melee, the game, since everything is done with Dolphin, the emulator, instead. And while it is possible that numerous Melee players may be competing on illegally obtained copies of the game and don’t own their own physical copy, the responsibility falls on Nintendo to prove it.
Some suggest The Big House takes this to court, but with how big Nintendo is, many agree that the amount of time and money needed to settle the case would be too high of a price for anybody in the community to pay. So is fighting for The Big House’s online tournament a lost cause? For this event in particular, most likely yes. It’s been over a week since the C&D was issued and despite the public backlash, NOA has yet to retract its decision. However, the Melee community is already making moves in response, and for the average person, all we can do is spread awareness and see what happens next.
News of The Big House shutting down had spread far and wide, trending on Twitter for some time, reaching influencers like moistcr1tikal, LudwigAhgren, and Mutahar(SomeOrdinaryGamers), several news outlets like Kotaku have covered the story, and gained support from various other competitive gaming communities including ones that play the games that Nintendo actually supports like Splatoon and ARMS.
Few days later on 23 November 2020, an anonymous Twitter account posts a Twitlonger that contains a list of claims exposing how Nintendo has actively gone out of its way to prevent the growth of the competitive Smash scene for many years as far back as 2006. Nintendo’s actions have not only have been a detriment toward the Melee community, but all the newer Smash games and beloved fan-game Project M, as well. Many figures in the Smash community agree that most or even all the statements made in that document are legit, and I highly recommend reading it for yourself and forming your own opinion.
I won’t go over everything covered in the Twitlonger, but in the past Nintendo famously tried to shut down the Melee tournament back at EVO 2013. Melee earned its spot at the event after raising almost $100,000 for breast cancer research. After a day of constant public backlack after the story reached the top of Reddit, Nintendo stepped down from their decision, and after that came one of the most memorable and impactful Smash events in history.
The information brought public by that first Twitlonger caused others came forward with their own claims against Nintendo, exposing their actions against these communities happening behind the scenes. These statements come from members of the ARMS, Project M, and Splatoon communities. (If I come across more, I’ll try to add them here.)
These developments, soon after The Big House’s C&D, made a lot of people upset towards Nintendo. While there are several ways to go about informing others and expressing your frustration with the situation, demanding fans of Nintendo to boycott their products will not help. Doing so would probably just make less informed people not want to support the Smash scene at all.
All this noise has made many people question what the Melee scene was after. Would a rerelease on modern hardware be the solution? No, if anything, it can give Nintendo more leverage to continue this abusive relationship with the competitive community. The Melee rerelease would also likely be the PAL (European/Australian) version of the game, but the community as a whole has already abandoned it in favor of NTSC (Japanese/American). Do Melee players want Nintendo to put up their own money and sponsor competitive events? In the past, yes, but after many, many years of no shown support thus far that is no longer the case. With how malicious Nintendo has been towards the Smash community over the years, many just want the company to turn a blind eye and leave Melee alone at this point.
Mentioned earlier, the Melee community has already taken action in response to the C&D. The general plan as of now is to respectfully spread awareness and continue announcing online tournaments. In December, Ludwig is hosting a big online Melee tournament using Slippi where the winner decides which charity organization will receive the prize money of tens of thousands of dollars. Fizzi released an updated version of Slippi with a spectator mode that enables smaller, independent tournament organizers to run online competitions without needing to rely on streaming, Discord’s screen share feature, or other methods of broadcasting gameplay. Many content creators and players are also taking the time to express how much Melee means to them and how the competitive Smash scene has positively influenced their lives.
Somehow, despite everything exposed up until now, people still actively defend Nintendo as if they did nothing wrong at all and tend to base their arguments on flawed logic and/or incorrect information (you’ll see a lot of it on the Nintendo subreddit). For the remainder of this post, I’ll try to break down a few common misconceptions and explain why Nintendo should not be defended by anyone that isn’t getting paid by them.
Thank you for reading.
________________
“The competitive Melee scene hurts Nintendo’s bottom line.”
Super Smash Bros Melee has been out of production for many years now, and Nintendo has yet to release it on modern consoles.
The competitive Smash community has historically been supportive of Nintendo’s current products at the time.
Assumes the existence of competitive Melee takes opportunities away from other Nintendo games’ existing communities, when in reality it was Nintendo’s own poor community management.
Assumes that competitive scenes negatively affects Nintendo’s brand and is unwelcoming to casual players and newcomers when companies like Blizzard and Valve pump millions into their competitive scenes knowing how profitable they are.
“Nintendo doesn’t want to support events for a scene full of abusive community members.”
Claims like these are ESPECIALLY BAD because it disrespects those who have been victimized by members of their community.
Implies that exposing and ejecting abusive people from the community, and attempting to create a safer environment is bad for the scene.
Assumes people in other communities aren’t capable of doing the same horrible things.
Long before all the allegations came out, Nintendo had already invited several of these community figures to events in order to promote their games.
“Just play the new game lmao Melee players don’t know how to move on”
Has been said for ages, and clearly those saying so don’t get it.
This is literally what Nintendo wants.
“Melee players have always been after the money.”
THERE’S HARDLY ANY MONEY TO BE WON IN THE FIRST PLACE. NO THANKS TO NINTENDO.
If playing video games for money was all Melee players want, they would not be competing in a game this difficult to be good at where tournament winnings can’t reliably pay the bills.
The majority of competitive Melee players are only in it for the passion, and being able to make a living through competing in a game they love is the dream.
“Competitive players take the fun out of games! Why should I support them?”
Unless you can’t read, or are some corporate bootlicker with no sense of empathy, I see no reason not to be supportive.
This whole situation is about a dedicated community that has existed for almost 20 years trying to play their favorite game with each other online in the midst of a pandemic, and for no good reason a big company will not let them.
“Supporting Melee and/or boycotting Nintendo means I have to give up my favorite games!”
No, buy and play what you want, how you want.
Do know that Nintendo is a big company with no intent on being your friend. Stop putting them up on a pedestal.
Boycotting Nintendo won’t do anything anyway; they’re too big, and the FreeMelee movement isn’t far-reaching enough to cause any significant harm to Nintendo’s profits.
"ACTUALLY, Nintendo is within their right to shut down events. They are allowed to kill Melee if they want.”
Yes, and Nintendo is within their right to suck my nuts.
Just because it’s legal doesn’t necessarily make it the right thing to do.
6 notes
·
View notes
Text
Monthly Media Roundup (April 2019)
April was a bit of a disaster month for me, and as such I didn’t get much of anything finished. Old wounds got reopened, I was sick all month, I had an unavoidably bad birthday, and a lifelong pet died. I didn’t engage with a lot of things, and mostly slept. I did play a lot of Breath of the Wild, but seeing as I didn’t finish that, I’m not including it yet. Here’s the things I did finish:
Games:
Blaster Master Zero (Switch): I actually first bought and finished this two years ago, and since the sequel has come out I decided to replay it with the Shovel Knight DLC character. While I genuinely like this game (I 100%’d it both times), I was not really in a good spot to enjoy this playthrough, and just kinda mindlessly pushed through it for nine consecutive hours, beating it in that single sitting. Playing as a DLC character removes the story, which is fine since they’re intended for replays, though I wonder if it added to my emotional disconnect. SK doesn’t receive fall damage, and so the precariousness of navigating the world outside of the highly-mobile tank doesn’t exist nearly as much, though the trade-off is that SK’s combat abilities in dungeons are hindered by an overall lack of range. The game is still rather easy, though, so I can’t say any particular level cadences or combat scenarios carved their way into my memory.
To the game’s credit, though, the things that are good about it are still good. If you have an attachment to the original NES game, or an interest in retro properties, or just want a nice, breezy platformer, it’s very good. It’s interesting in how it repurposes the altered plot of the US version of the original game (where it was its most popular), including even the plot of the little novelization that came out because Gotta Get Those Video Game Kids to Read Something. It has a fake out ending, and if you 100% the maps it unlocks a final map that is genuinely surreal enough to be the highlight of the game. Despite my sighing, it is a genuinely good time, and I’m very curious to play the new game, somewhat hilariously titled Blaster Master Zero 2.
Anime:
That Time I Got Reincarnated as a Slime: I chewed through the last four episodes of this so that I could say I finally finished the season. I didn’t watch the post-season recap episode. TenSura (the abbreviation of the Japanese title, which I will use to refer to it because satisfyingly abbreviating the english title is impossible) is not a very good show, but for about half the length of the 24-episode first season, it fascinates due to how it functions at all. TenSura is an isekai show, much like the other isekai shows, where a person dissatisfied with their life is brutally murdered (usually by a truck. USUALLY by a truck) and is reborn in a fantasy world that coincidentally gives them an absurd advantage over other people, allowing them to live out all the decadence they felt they deserved in the real world. If this sounds like the most boring kind of wish fulfillment possible to you, that’s because it is. It’s also extremely popular with consumers. Which is interesting! I think the isekai boom is indicative of how late-stage capitalism everyday people the world over, that we envision or escape to worlds where your efforts actually return appropriate reward. A bonkers concept, to be sure.
In TenSura, the formula doesn’t stray much. The main character is a man in his 30s (?) who has never fucked and gets knifed to death while HEROICALLY saving a coworker from a plot-irrelevant stabber dude who was running down the sidewalk with his knife out for no reason besides Main Character Needs an Inciting Incident Now. It’s actually pretty weirdly violent for the start to a show that is almost entirely light-hearted. Dude dies, his coworker dumps his hard drive in the bath out of respect (lol), and he wakes up in a fantasy world that works on videogame logic, including loot, skill trees, and class upgrades. He is reborn as an adorable slime a la Dragon Quest, but the personality traits he had in his previous life (and I guess his choice of dying words) scan to obscenely convenient passive abilities that ensure he’s not only invincible, but will never stop experiencing exponential power growth. Also he immediately makes friends with a final boss-level dragon and then eats him. That’s how he makes friends in this sometimes.
I’m being very cynical here, but the core narrative loop (and it IS a loop) of the series kept my interest for longer than I expected. Rimuru (the name of the reborn protagonist) goes somewhere he hasn’t been, astonishes the nearby (sometimes violent) inhabitants with his overpowered abilities, makes friends with them, and then improves their lives with community. Goblins, direwolves, orcs, demon lords. It stacks and builds upon itself to absurd degrees but it’s interesting that in a genre loaded with very problematic stories of disenchanted dudes finally getting the underage harem they’ve always wanted (aaaaAAAAAAAAA) that the main concept of this series is improving the lives of others and giving them closure for the ways life has hurt them. Even if. Sometimes that hurt was the main character’s doing? Like Rimuru absolutely decapitates a direwolf leader and then adopts the pack who from then on absolutely LOVE the dude. Also one of Rimuru’s abilities is that if he gives a monster a name, it class upgrades, which is generally and reasonably seen as a life improvement. Though, these class upgrades are almost always decidedly “less-tribal” or outright human, which smacks of some imperialist thinking. It’s also something I’m sure I never questioned in old videogames growing up. Meanwhile, there’s also a bit with a woman who came from Japan during that one really bad war, you know the one, and the closure she’s given as she’s dying is handled with actual delicacy. It’s a weird series! It’s only a shame to me that after most of the first season, there was less to talk about. Sometime after the halfway mark, you realize the show is never going to maintain tension for more than half an episode, that all problems are solvable (yes, even terminally ill children), and that the show isn’t going anywhere you can’t predict. It’s a checklist show, and the plot points are a list of achievements being checked off one episode at a time.
I don’t think I would actually recommend the show to most people, despite how popular it is. It’s not a great show, but it does weird enough things for a while that it generates conversations. Which is honestly pretty okay. It’s a pretty okay show. Also, Rimuru is effectively nonbinary (with he pronouns), and that’s… somethin’! (24 episodes, finished 4/17/19, Crunchyroll (Funimation also now has the dub I think? Clips I saw were pretty weird, Rimuru seemed to be characterized differently.))
Manga:
Nejimaki Kagyu Vol 1: You would think a manga that immediately starts with a reference to Phantom Blood would be, well, at least interesting.
Okay maybe invoking a beloved work doesn’t actually mean anything. I just wanted to share this blatant callback. Nejimaki Kagyu is a seinen manga about a highschool teacher whose tragically cursed to, uh, have all teenage girls fall in love with him. And the highschool-age childhood friend of his who has spent her whole life obsessed with him and learning super martial arts to defend his chastity. Her supers make her clothes explode.
…
I take no joy in this travesty.
Anyway, uh. The biggest tragedy here is that the art is actually really good, though the paneling is regularly squished around to hilarious degree. Let’s look at some pages and then forget this manga exists forever.
That horror face is how I feel the entire series should be portraying itself. The manga has a distinct lack of self-awareness.
The fan translation for this series appears to have dropped off halfway through and hasn’t been picked up for years, and based on reviews I saw on MAL talking about the directionlessness of the later volumes, I wonder if the translator got fed up with the series. Oh well!
Kyou no Asuka Show Vol 1: Oh god damn it I just got done with talking about a series about ogling the youth.
BLEASE STOP
Okay so. Kyou no Asuka Show, or “Today’s Asuka Show” is an older slice of life manga by the same author I mentioned previously who is doing an edutainment series about people working in a condom factory. Innocently-minded women in comedically lewdish situations appears to be his whole bag. I think Asuka is pretty charming, but I also know she’s designed to appeal to my monkey male gaze. Obliviously sexy is very much a mood, and in a more adult context I would be all for it. There have been a few chapters where I find myself at odds with the wisdom the author is attempting to impart, sometimes through Asuka’s father, who works as an adult photographer, and doesn’t want his daughter involved in anything that could cause her to be ogled. Like, that’s already something that requires a lot of unpacking in the modern day. Aforementioned wisdom sometimes takes the form of Asuka doing something stupid and innocent and ripe for objectifying, like wearing a school swimsuit in a rainstorm. Or she’ll work a job as a cute girl courier and inadvertently turn a shut-ins life around. Situations where, if it were in real life, I’d think “wow that’s weird and charming,” but by being a work of intentional authorship, it inherently loses some of that innocence, and becomes something well-meaning but problematic. Is that the second time I’ve used the word “problematic” in this post? Is this 2014?
I may continue reading this, but I really can’t recommend it to most people I know in 2019 without several disclaimers and also without probably getting some side eye. I think it’s worth a couple chapters to feel out what its doing before you decide whether you can siphon the charm from it, or would rather move on to something else.
Me enjoying myself when this manga tries to suddenly get up to some shit.
Blue Period Vol 1: This is the last thing on my list, because I don’t want to expand this list beyond the three mediums I’ve already assigned to it. Also, I actually finished this May 1st, but I wanted to talk about it now.
If I had the power to actually get people to engage with a specific work once per month, Blue Period would easily be the one I pick. That doesn’t mean as much when all the other things I finished this month were conflicted experiences, but I really think everyone would benefit from this series. Or at least anyone with even a passing interest in visual arts.
Blue Period (named for Picasso’s Blue Period) is about a highschool delinquent who has a knack for studying, a safe social life, and no interests in pretty much anything. He’s on the road to do fine in his life, and he doesn’t question it much, but that’s it, until he discovers art and realizes it’s the only way he’s ever been able to truly communicate his feelings. It changes everything about him, for more emotionally satisfying reasons, but also riskier ones. He only has one year of highschool to go to decide what he’s doing with his life, and Japan has a very strict education system. You’re not really allowed to just “get around” to things.
Apologies in advance if you’re tired of me spamming full pages but I really do wanna show this off. This is another series with an educational angle to it, though the emphasis is definitely more rooted in a personal narrative of growth. The explanations of art practice and the functionality of exercises and tools are both very informative and relevant to the characters, never feeling like the story is taking a backseat to explain. The characters are, hilariously, everyone I’ve ever met in an art class. There’s the kid who would rather exclusively draw the things they like, there’s the kid who likes art as a hobby but haaaates being given a project, etc etc. There are students who have an innate grasp on how to draw but haven’t internalized the Why of the exercises, and students who are receptive to the lessons but don’t have the ability to match. The narrative is extremely even-handed towards all of these different levels of skills, and places a lot more importance on why, emotionally, you should totally care about drawing apples and water pitchers for five hours at a time. It’s GREAT and I want to force it on every creative I’ve ever known.
Another thing I appreciate about this series so far is that while there has been something resembling sexual/romantic tension, it’s kind of not like that at all? In the first volume I haven’t been able to pinpoint where a potential relationship subplot would go, if at all. Two possibilities are this girl:
...who is a very likable character but surprisingly doesn’t fit into that box of “standard love interest”. The protag’s interactions with her have been exclusively respectful and admiring, which doesn’t even necessarily imply a romantic subplot, but would be pretty cool if it did? And the other girl:
...who is featured in decidedly more sexual tension-y contexts, is actually TRANS. The manga actually portrays them so uncompromisingly feminine that I didn’t realize they were crossdressing (the term used in the text) until the author’s notes at the end of the volume. I will partially blame this on me being out of it this month, since I just went back to their introduction and yep, they got misgendered and contested it. Given how the character is regularly framed (confident, attractive, skilled, nonstereotypical), I’m… pretty okay with this! If a romance blooms between a delinquent boy and a trans girl, that’s amazing.
I hope y’all understand where I’m coming from in expecting a shoehorned romantic subplot. I’m not hoping for one, I just know the product by now. And if it happens, the options are considerably more interesting than usual.
These are pretty good kids.
Manga licensing is a lot better nowadays than it ever was before, with lots of obscure series being picked up, old series getting re-localized, and translations being better than ever. I really really want this series to get licensed so someone can be compensated for it, and so more people might read it. Until then, I think you should look up the fan work.
---
So that’s all for April. If these posts included live-action movies, I’d have talked about Endgame, but I also don’t want to go spoiling anything for someone who still wants to go see that (it’s probably one of my favorite MCU movies, though). I read most of 1970-71 in Marvel comics, or at least most of the issues on my reading list, but I semi-liveblog about those, so you can just search my “curry reads comics” tag for that. Here’s hoping I have more interesting, more positive things to say about May in a month. I expect to finish Breath of the Wild by then, so I’ll finally talk about that. Thanks for reading, if you made it this far! Go check out Blue Period.
6 notes
·
View notes
Text
Watched/Read
I am keeping up with the “writing every day,” but some of it is original fiction, and very far from shareable. Anyway, would people be interested if I started a Tinyletter? I’m also doing stuff like texting links to IRL friends in lieu of meeting up, it might be worthwhile to collate it all in one place on a weekly basis, if you usually like the sort of thing I reblog or recommend. There might also be short fiction or personal essays.
(I thought of doing a Patreon, but the truth is I don’t need the money and people who read me could as well be supporting someone who does. The benefits for me would be platform support, structure, and audience feedback. If it came to that I’ll make it very cheap, I suppose.)
Maniac S1E5-10: I went a bit hard on this in the previous update, but like. There was a zany skit involving a lemur, fake New Jersey accents, and Jonah Hill in a mullet. But context is everything: I realized at one point that I would rate this very highly if it had entered my life as the concept for a tabletop RP campaign, or as Cary Fukunaga’s explicit rebuttal of Inception. Anyway, the narrative does hold together satisfyingly if binged, there’s a lot of loving attention paid to onscreen and in-text detail, and the Justin Theroux/Sonoya Mizuno/Sally Field interaction is genuinely offbeat and funny. The denouement is tidier and more sentimental and says less about mental health than Silver Linings Playbook - take that as you will.
Paris Is Burning (1990): Well, I hadn’t watched it, and now I have. I didn’t expect it to focus so keenly on the vocabulary of the scene - the fine semiotic shadings thereof - nor that said vocabulary originated in said scene. What popularized it among the Twitterati? RuPaul’s Drag Race? I mean, I really don’t know shit, which is why this lukewarm take ends here, and I invite anyone who still has their Judith Butler PDF readings from Gender In Film 201 or whatever to forward that stuff to me.
(I did know Willi Ninja, from music videos and such, just not by name. I replayed Deep In Vogue. Was reminded that the video to Madonna’s “Vogue” was directed by David Fincher. Replayed Luminosity’s viral Vogue 300 vid. Was reminded that Madonna, incredibly, ripped that off too - for her Superbowl halftime show. And so it goes.)
16 notes
·
View notes
Link
We follow Salesforce’s official recommendation to use Visual Studio Code (VSCode for short) for Salesforce development. Immediately, our first question is – what are Top 10 VSCode Extensions For Salesforce development to boot up the working efficiency? I have spent some time compiling this top 10 best VSCode Extensions for Salesforce, and extra best VSCode extensions for Salesforce. I hope it adds value to you! In case you don’t know what VSCode is, it is the Salesforce recommended code editor. It’s free, open-sourced, and running across platforms – Windows, Linux, and MacOS. You can download it on the official site. Top 10 VSCode Extensions For Salesforce DevelopersThe extensions in the list are in the order of importance according to my personal view. Salesforce Extension PackThis extension pack is developed by Salesforce. It’s a one-stop-shop for Salesforce development, providing features for interacting with Salesforce orgs, developing with Apex, Aura components, LWC, Visualforce, and so on. This extension pack uses Salesforce CLI behind the scene, which in turn requires Java Development Kit (JDK). Therefore, you need to have both of them installed as prerequisites. Extension pack indicates that it is a combination of multiple extensions, including: Salesforce CLI Integration – This extension allows VSCode to interact with Salesforce CLI to provide core functionality.Apex – This extension implements an Apex Language Server to provide features such as Apex syntax highlighting and code IntelliSense.Apex Interactive Debugger – This extension allows VSCode to use the real-time Apex Debugger to diagnose code logic.Apex Replay Debugger – This extension allows VSCode to download the Alex debug logs and replay for debugging purposes.Lightning Web Components – This extension enables LWC development features. It uses the HTML language server from VSCode.Aura Components – This extension enables Aura component development features. It also uses the HTML language server from VSCode.Visualforce – This extension enables the Visualforce pages development features. It uses both the Visualforce Language Server and the HTML language server from VSCode.Prettier – Code formatterA Code formatting tool was a long waiting feature in Salesforce and Prettier came to fill in this gap. In VSCode, we can even enable the auto-formatting when saving files. I have created a detailed step-by-step post (video included) to walk you through how to configure Prettier in VSCode. Apex PMDPMD is a static code analysis tool. If you don’t know what it means, you can listen to the PMD podcast episode in the SalesforceWay Podcast I had with Robert Soseman, the author of Apex PMD. Apex PMD is also the name of the VSCode plugin. It enables VSCode to use PMD to detect and notify issues in your Apex code. The plugin includes a default setting which works plug-and-go and facilitates you to get familiar with this tool. Salesforce Package.xml GeneratorWhen interacting with Salesforce traditional orgs (sandbox and production), a package.xml file can be used to indicate what meta-data files are used for the communication. This extension allows you to use VSCode UI to select metadata files, and then automatically generate the package.xml file content for you. It saves the hassle of remembering what metadata file types map to what XML format. A really neat tool. Settings SyncSettings Sync allows you to store in and retrieve your VSCode settings from Github. It uses GitHub Gist to store your settings, including: All extensions and configurationsSetting filesKeybinding fileSnippets foldersWorkspace foldersWhen you need to sync settings among multiple computers or have a new computer, Setting Sync extension can drastically save your time. Note – A VSCode built-in Settings Sync feature is in preview at the time of writing. We need to see whether it can replace the extension or not. TabNineTabNine is an all-language autocompleter. It uses deep learning to prompt code completion suggestions. It is zero configuration and works out-of-box. What I can say is – this plugin is amazing. It works without any configuration needed. Install it and see the amazing suggestions appear in the VSCode code suggestion! Give it a try for several days, you will get addicted to it :). TabNine has features including: reads the .gitignore to determine which files to index in the project folderuses the VSCode mnemonic completion engine to suggest long variable namesIs highly responsive – produces a list of suggestions typically in less than 10 milliseconds.TabNine offers client versions for popular editors such as VSCode, Vim, Emacs, IntelliJ, and so on. GitLensVSCode comes with a default Git tool that allows you to do common Git actions such as staging, unstaging, and committing. If you need to quickly glimpse into the code line and see who, when and why(the commit message) a line or code snippet was changed, GitLens, an open-source free extension is a right choice for you. GitLens offers powerful features for you to better understand code. ESLintIt’s easy to stress the importance of this extension. If you use JavaScript (LWC, Aura?), you need ESLint. ESLint statically analyzes JavaScript code to quickly find problems. It is the JavaScript version of PMD if you will :). Auto Rename TagAs Salesforce developers, we often work with markup languages, such as XML, HTML. Auto Rename Tag extension automatically rename paired tags, so we don’t need to edit twice the opening and closing tag. Bracket Pair Colorizer 2Bracket Pair Colorizer 2 extension does one simple job and does it well – colorize matching brackets so they are easily identified. Note – Both Bracket Pair Colorizer and Bracket Pair Colorizer 2 exist. Despite having the same bracket parsing engine, Version 2 greatly increases speed and accuracy. If you don’t have a setting file from version 1 or you are new to this extension, you should stick to version 2. Other Best VSCode Extensions For SalesforceBest VSCode extensions for Salesforce don’t stop with the Top 10 list. These are the other ones I consider add great values to the development too. Let’s check what they. Live ShareIf you are a Salesforce developer, chances are you are working in a team and need to collaborate with mates with the same codebase. A similar analogy is the google doc collaborative feature. When you start a collaborative session, others can join and view the context of the workspace in their VSCode editor. This means they can read the code without having to clone a repo or install any dependencies your code relies on. Moreover, they can use rich language features, such as Go to Definition or Peek, to navigate within the code. Code Spell CheckerThis tool underlines common word spelling errors both in your code and in the comments and gives fix suggestions. PolacodeThis tool allows you to take fancy-looking code snippet pictures in VSCode. Check how it works as demonstrated below. Trailing SemicolonThis extension allow you to append semicolon to the end of current line without moving the cursor. Think about how many times you need to add/remove semicolons? VSCode Great IconsWhat this extension does all is to change the default ugly-looking icons into modem ones. You spend 5+ hours per day with VSCode, you deserve a better UI :). VimI save the last slot for Vim extension, not because it’s the least useful but because of its specialty. If you are a vim user, the first thing you aks when touching any new editor is – “Does it support vim key”? Vim extension in VSCode does an amazing job. It simulates most of the commonly used vim commands. Wrap up on Top 10 VSCode Extensions For Salesforce developmentHere you go, the Top 10 VSCode Extensions For Salesforce development and the extra best VSCode extensions for Salesforce! What’s your thought? Any extension that is more important than the ones on the list? Leave comments below and let’s chat :)!
0 notes
Text
Should You Use an Employee LMS for Extended Enterprise Learning in 2019?
Early in 2014, I set-out to answer a question I constantly hear as a learning systems selection consultant:
“Should we use our employee LMS to educate external audiences?”
Back then, I didn’t definitively say “yes” or “no.” Instead, I advised decision makers to proceed with caution before embracing a one-for-all LMS mindset. Why? Primarily because employee educational goals, interests and motivations don’t apply to extended enterprise learners.
Employees are captive LMS users. They are “known” by the system and they must comply with mandated training assignments.
On the other hand, customers and business partners can’t be forced to engage in learning activities. An LMS often doesn’t “know” the identity of these users until they’re persuaded to register or buy. Even then, their participation is voluntary, not mandatory.
These extended LMS use cases translate into very different functional requirements than employee LMS requirements. The reverse is also true – many employee LMS features are unnecessary in extended enterprise applications.
RSVP FOR THIS LIVE MAY WEBINAR!
There are other reasons why there’s no simple answer to the one-LMS-for-all question. For instance, decisions about extended enterprise learning usually come from business units, not HR or L&D, and these programs are often funded at different times.
Also, extended enterprise initiatives almost always serve many more external learners than employees. This makes a “license economies of scale” argument irrelevant.
For example, a software company with 1000 employees could serve 1 million customers. In this case, the customer education scope would blow employee LMS licensing out of the water.
Most importantly, in contrast with hard-to-measure employee education, extended enterprise learning programs are easy to measure. They contribute to bottom-line results and help companies gain a competitive advantage. Given that kind of executive exposure, business impact – not cost – is the key factor driving vendor selection.
Finally, from a practical and political perspective, choosing an extended enterprise LMS independent of HR or L&D is often easier than pursuing a one-LMS-for-all solution.
Same Question, Different Day. What’s Changed?
Five years after publishing my original post, I still hear that same question on a regular basis. And even though my answer remains the same, my perspective is much different. After all, some things have changed considerably:
• Extended enterprise learning is no longer a novel idea. Organizations of every size in every industry are proving that you can gain and sustain a competitive advantage by educating customers, channel partners, franchisees, developers, contractors and other external audiences.
• Learning systems innovation has continued to progress at a mind-blowing pace, along with new business technologies that integrate data and applications, expand their reach, accelerate their performance and add value in countless ways.
• During the past 5 years, I’ve reviewed over 200 learning systems and helped nearly 60 organizations choose their extended enterprise learning systems. Collectively, these organizations invest more than $15 million a year in licensing fees to run their systems. Now I’m even more confident about what works, what doesn’t – and why.
What do these changes mean for you if you’re wondering whether it’s wise to serve internal and external learning audiences with an employee LMS? Let’s dig deeper.
2 Buyer Categories: Which Profile Fits You?
In our work with learning systems buyers, we see two distinct extended enterprise purchasing profiles. Their objectives, priorities and requirements sometimes overlap, but mostly they’re unique:
• Corporate Extended Enterprise – These buyers are interested in serving any combination of employees, customers, channel sales representatives, distributors and other business partners. They’re mainly interested in using learning content to support their core business in strategic and measurable ways.
• Continuing Education – These buyers are professional associations, commercial training companies and entrepreneurial subject matter experts, representing virtually every industry and topic area. They’re interested in modern ecommerce-enabled “learning-as-a-business” systems because selling learning content is their business.
OK. Say you’re a corporate extended enterprise buyer. What’s your next move? Let’s briefly look at LMS options that can meet your needs.
So Many Learning Systems – So Little Time
We’re currently tracking more than 800 business-oriented learning systems. But who has time to sort through such a massive, complex haystack in search of the ideal solution? It helps to assign vendors to several clearly defined categories. Unfortunately, that can be challenging, especially when developers add to the confusion.
REPLAY THIS WEBINAR NOW!
We understand why LMS vendors want to differentiate their platforms. That’s smart marketing. But in recent years, creative positioning seems to have gone off the rails.
On one hand, most vendors now avoid the term “LMS” entirely, fearing that their solutions will seem outdated. Meanwhile, buyers grapple with countless variations on an LMS theme, wondering if there’s any functional difference, at all.
An LMS By Any Other Name…
So, what term should you use when looking for a system to support your organization’s learning needs? Here’s a peek at some of the descriptions we see in our travels:
Learning management system (LMS) Learning experience platform (LXP/LEP) Learning engagement platform Learning optimization platform Workforce training software
Adaptive learning system Blended learning system Personalized learning platform Microlearning platform
Holistic learning platform Integrated learning platform Unified learning system
Cloud LMS Modern LMS Next-generation online learning platform Mobile LMS Mobile training reinforcement system
Course development and delivery platform Course management automation software Digital learning platform Elearning system Elearning management system On-demand training system
Continuous learning platform Lifelong learning platform Professional development platform Knowledge and learning management system
Collaborative learning environment Collaborative learning platform Social learning platform Employee knowledge platform Knowledge and learning management system Wisdom exchange platform
Whew. That’s a lot to digest, but it’s more about branding than substance. Let’s make this a bit easier…
Our Quick Take: 3 Corporate Learning Systems Categories
To simplify the corporate extended enterprise learning landscape, we rely on three categories:
1) Employee/Talent Solutions
These systems focus on workforce onboarding, compliance and professional development. They rely heavily on HR/ERP platform integration (for example with Workday or SAP). Typically, they coordinate work objectives, learning paths, assessments, feedback, collaboration, hiring and performance reviews.
Examples in this group including Adobe Captivate Prime, BizLibrary, Bridge by Instructure, CrossKnowledge, Degreed, Gyrus, Lessonly, SuccessFactors and SumTotal.
These systems generally ignore extended enterprise needs, so they’re not recommended as “single source” learning systems to serve all audiences. However, they are solid employee solutions. So, if you already use one successfully for workforce learning, we typically wouldn’t recommend that you replace it.
2) Corporate Extended Enterprise Solutions
WATCH THE ON-DEMAND WEBINAR NOW!
Traditionally, these systems were built with an “employee-first” mentality, but also offer functionality for external audiences. However, many of these platforms have been strengthening their extended enterprise capabilities in recent years.
For instance, it’s now common to see support for multiple domains, delegated administration, ecommerce, content sharing, CRM integration and robust analytics.
Examples in this group include Cornerstone OnDemand, Docebo, PeopleFluent NetDimensions, Saba, SAP Litmos, Schoox, TalentLMS, Totara and UpsideLMS.
These systems can effectively drive learning programs that target employees, customers, business partners or a combination of audiences. If you already have a system from this category and want to expand your reach, it may be possible.
3) Pure Extended Enterprise Solutions
These vendors ignore employee LMS needs. Instead, they focus 100% of their research, development, marketing, licensing strategy, professional services expertise and thought leadership on the advancement of targeted solutions for customer education, channel training and other extended enterprise learning needs.
Examples include BlueVolt, Community Brands, Learndot by ServiceRocket, LearnUpon, NetExam, Northpass, Skilljar and Thought Industries.
Vendors in this category consistently demonstrate why dedicated extended enterprise solutions are highly preferable and profitable – even for organizations with multiple learning platforms.
Conclusion
At the end of the day, the question remains:
Should you use your employee LMS for extended enterprise learning?
Clearly, learning systems have evolved in all categories. Many vendors are able and willing to discuss the pros and cons of any scenario we’ve outlined above. But as a buyer, be prepared. You’ll probably receive radically different advice, depending on which vendors you contact and evaluate.
So, how can you put all that advice to good use? My two cents: Keep in mind that the most successful LMS choices are based on a business case that carefully considers a buyer’s functional and technical requirements, content realities and licensing preferences, as well as its organizational structure and context.
If you want to talk about how to build a stronger case for internal and external learning systems, send me a note at [email protected]. I’m happy to help.
Thanks for reading!
WANT TO LEARN MORE? REPLAY THIS WEBINAR!
How to Reduce Time-to-Value with Modern Customer Training
REPLAY THE WEBINAR
Indoctrinating customers as quickly as possible is a smart business move. But exactly when should you start, how fast should you move and how can you be sure that your onboarding process makes a real difference?
Join John Leh, CEO and Lead Analyst at Talented Learning, and Samma Hafeez, Vice President of Customer Success at Thought Industries, as they explain how to accelerate customer time-to-value. You’ll learn:
What “onboarding” a customer really means
The critical relationship between onboarding and time-to-value
How quick wins and clear milestones drive engagement and adoption
How learning pathways strengthen the onboarding experience
Tips for metrics that align customer objectives with business priorities
REPLAY THE WEBINAR!
Need Proven LMS Selection Guidance?
Looking for a learning platform that truly fits your organization’s needs? We’re here to help! Submit the form below to schedule a free preliminary consultation at your convenience.
First Name*
Last Name*
Email Address*
Company
jQuery(document).bind('gform_post_render', function(event, formId, currentPage){if(formId == 18) {} } );jQuery(document).bind('gform_post_conditional_logic', function(event, formId, fields, isInit){} ); jQuery(document).ready(function(){jQuery(document).trigger('gform_post_render', [18, 1]) } );
The post Should You Use an Employee LMS for Extended Enterprise Learning in 2019? appeared first on Talented Learning.
Should You Use an Employee LMS for Extended Enterprise Learning in 2019? original post at Talented Learning
0 notes
Text
Bitcoin Cash Miners Undo Attacker’s Transactions With ‘51% Attack’
Two bitcoin cash (BCH) mining pools recently carried out what is known as a 51 percent attack on the blockchain in an apparent effort to reverse another miner’s transactions.
The move is tied to the bitcoin cash network hard fork that occurred on May 15. The two mining pools — BTC.com and BTC.top — carried out the move in order to stop the unknown miner from taking coins that they weren’t supposed to have access to in the wake of the code change. That day, an attacker took advantage of a bug unrelated to the upgrade (and subsequently patched) that caused the network to split and for miners to mine empty blocks for a brief time.
In the context of cryptocurrencies like bitcoin cash, a 51 percent attack involves an entity or group controlling a majority of the hash rate which thereby allows them to execute several things they aren’t normally allowed to do, such as attempting to rewrite the network’s transaction history.
It’s long been a controversial topic and other cryptocurrencies have suffered similar attacks due to a decline in their hash rates.
At one point BTC.top did alone control more than 50% of the power. But BTC.com and BTC.top they were able to join together to reverse the blocks of transactions. According to stats site Coin.Dance, the two mining pools currently have combined 44% of bitcoin cash hashing power.
The interesting part of this particular attack on bitcoin cash, though, is that it was arguably executed in an attempt to do something ostensibly good for the community, not to reward the attackers or to take the funds for themselves.
But not everyone in the bitcoin cash community agrees. As one bitcoin cash developer, going by the moniker Kiarahpromises, put it in an article from May 17:
“To coordinate a reorg to revert unknown’s transactions. This is a 51% attack. The absolutely worst attack possible. It’s there in the whitepaper. What about (miner and developer) decentralized and uncensorable cash? Only when convenient?”
Anatomy of an attack
The inner details of the mining pools’ attack (as well as the attack that prompted the attack) are complicated.
“Since the original split in 2017, there has been a significant number of coins accidentally sent to ‘anyone can spend’ addresses (due to [transaction] compatibility of sigs, but no #SegWit on #BCH), or possibly they’ve been replayed from #Bitcoin onto the #BCH network,” bitcoin podcast host Guy Swann said, explaining the situation on Twitter.
But once one code change was removed during bitcoin cash’s May 15 hard fork, these coins were suddenly spendable “basically handing the coins to miners,” he added.
The unknown miner attacker decided to try to take the coins. That’s when BTC.top and BTC.com swooped in to reverse those transactions.
“When the unknown miner tried to take the coins themselves, [BTC.top and BTC.com] saw & immediately decided to re-organize and remove these [transactions], in favor of their own [transactions], spending the same P2SH coins, [and] many others,” Swann went on.
But some bitcoin cash users argue this was the right thing to do.
“This is a very unfortunate situation, but it is also what proof of work actually is. The miners in this case did choose to drop prohashes block and from what I heard, it is because they deemed a transaction within it to have been invalid,” responded active bitcoin cash supporter Jonathan Silverblood.
Still, others think that this is a bad sign for bitcoin cash, arguing that the event demonstrates that the cryptocurrency is too centralized.
Yet the thread of a 51 percent attack is a concern shared across proof-of-work crypto networks (and as mentioned above, some blockchains have been left exposed due to falling hash rates). For example, half of bitcoin’s current hashing power is divided among just three mining pools according to stats website Blockchain.
Mining software image via Shutterstock
This article has been updated for clarity.
This news post is collected from CoinDesk
Recommended Read
Editor choice
BinBot Pro – Safest & Highly Recommended Binary Options Auto Trading Robot
Do you live in a country like USA or Canada where using automated trading systems is a problem? If you do then now we ...
9.5
Demo & Pro Version Try It Now
Read full review
The post Bitcoin Cash Miners Undo Attacker’s Transactions With ‘51% Attack’ appeared first on Click 2 Watch.
More Details Here → https://click2.watch/bitcoin-cash-miners-undo-attackers-transactions-with-51-attack
0 notes
Text
Weekly Digital Marketing Q&A – Hump Day Hangouts – Episode 196
youtube
Click on the video above to watch Episode 196 of the Semantic Mastery Hump Day Hangouts.
Full timestamps with topics and times can be found at the link above.
The latest upcoming free SEO Q&A Hump Day Hangout can be found at http://semanticmastery.com/humpday.
Announcement
Adam: Hey yo! Welcome to Hump Day Hangouts Episode 196. We are live on this awesome 8th of the August, at 4 p.m. Eastern. We got almost the whole crew here today. It looks like Chris is missing. It’s pretty late right where he is, so cut him some slack. But we’ll just go down and say hello to everybody real quick. Hernan, how are you doing today?
Hernan: Hey, what’s up everybody? I’m really good. I’m kind of busy but excited to be here. I’m really excited for POFU Live 2018 as well. Things are coming up nicely, so I’m excited for that.
Adam: We’ll be talking more about that in just a minute. Marco, how are you doing?
Marco: I’m working on POFU, man, each and every day. If you guys knew – I can’t say, I’m sorry, I’m under NDA – what I was working on to just finally rid myself of this fucking bedbug that’s Google, you’d probably, I mean, you’d line up to pay me. But let’s just say we cracked the code and, well, I’m not gonna keep dropping F-bombs this early. Put the children away so I can go unfiltered. But having said that, man, POFU.
Bradley: ‘Nuff said.
Adam: Bradley, how about yourself, man?
Bradley: I’m good. I’m happy to be here. It’s hot as hell in Virginia right now. They’re like stupid hot. Fortunately, I’m in the air conditioning. It gets hot at my office because it’s in the upstairs. I got the fan running and everything, but it’s still hot.
Adam: Yeah. It just keeps getting hotter as the day goes on.
Bradley: Yeah, it sucks. But it’s all right. I’m still happy to be here. So let’s get to it.
Adam: Good deal. Well, real quick, if you’re just joining us for the first time, thanks for showing up. You can always catch these live like right now, or, if you’re watching this on YouTube, obviously, and catch the replay can ask questions and check it out later, whatever floats your boat. If you’re looking for the place to start with Semantic Mastery, we highly recommend the Battle Plan. You can find the link either on the page, again if you’re watching live or on YouTube.
Real quick, Hernan mentioned POFU Live. Hernan, what is this POFU Live bitch that you speak of?
Hernan: Well, POFU Live is gonna be an awesome event. The first event that we’re doing for Semantic Mastery. It’s gonna take place on October 19, 20, and 21st of October in Washington, DC. The entire Semantic Mastery crew is gonna be talking and we have some guest speakers as well. So we’re really excited about that.
The main point of the event is that we’ll help you guys reach in that POFU. Right? We talk about POFU, POFU, POFU, and whatnot. The entire theme of the event is how you reach that position where you can pretty much grow your business, get new clients, get your clients results faster, and how to scale the business that will put you in a POFU pretty, pretty fast.
The main idea is that we try to make it small so that we can kind of tailor the experience to each of you guys that are gonna be attending. So it’s gonna be pretty amazing.
Bradley: Yes. We’re gonna try to create like a three-step process for everybody that attends. Anybody that joins or wants to attend, when you purchase a ticket, you’re gonna get sent a survey, essentially, that you have to complete so that we can kind of tailor based on your specific business model, like what products and services you sell, what’s your target market, that kind of stuff. So that we can help you apply our three-step process, which is find clients, make the sale, fulfill the service scale. I mean, that was, I guess, four, but some of those can be combined. So it’s essentially prospecting, and selling, fulfilling a service, and then scaling.
That’s really what we want to do. That’s why, in part, why we’re trying to keep the number of attendees very, very small. It’s very limited to only 25 people because, obviously, we wouldn’t be able to sit down and literally help develop a plan for your specific business model if we had 200 people in the room.
That’s just part of the reason why we wanted to start our first one with a very small, limited audience, because we really wanna help everybody that comes walk away with the plan specific to their business and what their needs are, what their financial goals are, and what their needs are and all that.
Again, that’s all going to be information that you’re going to add to the survey before you come to the event so that we can have some time to look over and really custom tailor it for your business.
Adam: Definitely. Yeah. I just had a quick conversation this morning with Jeffrey Smith from SEO Design Solutions, from SEO Bootcamp, excuse me, also the SEO Ultimate Plugin, which we highly recommend. I had really good talk with him. I think you might be able to see it on our Facebook page, about a quick chat about what he’s gonna be talking about as a guest speaker at the event and why he’s excited to be there. I highly suggest heading over this Semantic Mastery Facebook page and checking that out.
Real quick too, speaking about the event, so we got some really cool tickets available for that. You can just come to the event if you want to, we got VIP tickets available for a little bit more where you can spend some time having fun goofing off with us, also networking, and enjoying it the day before we hop into things.
Then, there’s a special too. If you’re interested in joining the MasterMIND and taking things up a few notches, you can get a ticket to the event along with – I’m not gonna go to the details – a bunch of goodies, but also a year’s worth of the MasterMIND. So it’s a hell of a deal you’re basically getting to come to the event for free if you check that out.
I’m gonna put the link, or the links are already up there for the live event. So check that out. If you have any questions, shoot us email to [email protected].
All right. I think that is about it. Does anybody else have anything? No?
Bradley: No.
Hernan: I’m good.
Adam: Let’s get into it.
Bradley: All right. Give me one second. In case we need it. No more tofu. All right. Let me grab the screen. Sorry, I was looking at Greg’s image already. Okay. I think we’re good. Are we good? Can you guys see me? Can you see my screen?
Adam: Yes.
Marco: Yep.
Clarifications On Josh Bachynski’s Statement
Bradley: All right. First up is Paul Williams. Yeah. Okay. I’ve read this earlier a couple of days ago, actually, before it was posted, or at least I saw it a couple days ago. Yeah, last week … Oops, sorry guys. Last week or I don’t know if it was last week, it might have been the week before, anyways, somebody had come on to the Hump Day Hangouts and posted a comment about something that they said Josh Bachynski said. I just wanna clarify that we commented on it and engaged with that comment without actually verifying the comment on our own. So, essentially, somebody came and posted and said, “Hey, this happened on somebody else’s show, this is what they said.”
Well, that could be taken out of context, and we did comment on that comment without having verified the comment ourselves and seen it in full context and that was improper on our part. So I just wanna clear the air on that. Semantic Mastery and is by no means trying to pick a fight with anybody. That’s not what we’re about. I think that’s juvenile and I think that reflects poorly on us.
So I want to kind of clarify that. There was no harm intended. I just wanna make sure everybody understands that. There’s not gonna be any fighting in the SEO world between Semantic Mastery and anybody else. Marco has his own opinions and he’s perfectly entitled to it; that’s part of his charm. But I just wanna make it very clear that we were wrong for comment, or at least I feel like we should have at least verified the comment first and foremost and seen it in full context before we said anything at all. I just wanna clarify that.
I know Marco wants to say something about it. Marco, please feel free.
Marco: Yes. At no point did I take whatever was claimed that Josh said as a criticism of Semantic Mastery nor did it get under my skin. I didn’t feel that that was aimed at Semantic Mastery or at anything that we do. If anyone thinks that all we do is drive stacks, then they don’t know Semantic Mastery. There’s no reason for anything to get under my skin. I went after a specific comment, which may or may not have been made. Some say it was said multiple times, whatever, it doesn’t matter now.
I will tell you this: nobody’s going to control my mouth and nobody’s going to tell me what to say or how to say. I say it how it comes out. If it comes out unfiltered, well, fuck it. That’s just the way it is. That’s just the way it comes out. I don’t try to control what I say. I just let it flow, man. If it comes out wrong, well, it just comes out wrong.
I was commenting on something that was said specific and I dealt with that. I’m going to leave it at that. Of course, it was my opinion, not the opinion of Semantic Mastery. It’s what I said. I see at the bottom of that, that Josh said to invite us on the show, well, our email is [email protected], you’re welcome to write to us, invite us, and I’ll be happy to show and we can have a discussion.
But again, nobody is going to control my mouth. That’s just the way it is. I’m unfiltered. That’s how it goes.
Bradley: Amen. D Kard posted a reply, and I appreciate this, D, because he says that, “Essentially, this was just a misunderstanding created by an ignorant person who came on Hump Day Hangouts and didn’t tell the full story, which made everyone angry at Semantic Mastery. The whole facade was due to an ignorant person who couldn’t convey the whole story properly.”
I partially agree, but at the same time, it was also, I think we should have reserved any comment until we had seen the comment ourselves or verified the comment and also in its full context. Again, anything can be taken out of context guys and we reacted to something that could have very well been taken out of context. Again, I wanna apologize for that because that wasn’t very professional, at least as a brand from what I think. Again, what Marco said about the specific comment, that’s fine, but I’m just saying there was no attack there and I just wanted to clarify that.
Again, D, I appreciate your reply here. So thank you very much. But we’re gonna move on. As Marco said, we’re happy, [email protected] for anybody to come on our show at any time and we just accepted the offer to come onto his as well. So let’s make it happen. If somebody wants to debate, and that’s perfectly fine.
What Are Your Thoughts On WP Gutenberg Editor?
Jordan says, “Has anyone taken the new WP Gutenberg editor,” I don’t even what the hell that is, “for a spin yet and did it break anything, namely the Semantic Mastery RSS plugin, Ultimate SEO Plus, or anything else we typically use per SM’s recommendations?”
I don’t even know what this is. Is anybody else familiar with this?
Adam: No. I’m just checking it out myself. I’d heard of it, but it looks like it’s the new editor. I’m sure Jordan could enlighten us and let us know if it’s already live or something. But that’s just the name of the new editor that’s out there.
Bradley: Oh, okay. I saw it inside one of my WordPress sites today about a new editor coming soon.
Adam: Yeah. It looks like it’s kind of going the way of the … I forget what it’s called, but … God, I’m having a total brain fart. But anyways, where you have like content blocks instead of more of the text type editor.
Bradley: Yeah, like a modular page-
Adam: Digital composer. That was what I was trying to think of.
Bradley: Yeah. Visual builder.
Adam: Yeah.
Bradley: Yeah. Okay. I know I haven’t used it yet. Unfortunately, Jordan, no. But I can imagine it’s a … I don’t know. I mean, it might break shit. I don’t know. I can’t imagine why it would though, because, for example, I use Thrive Themes. We just had to update our subscription to that again, which is freaking expensive. I use Thrive Themes for a lot of sites and that’s a modular page builder, and it doesn’t break anything – that I’ve noticed. Like the Syndication still work, the blog post still syndicate. I haven’t seen anything buggy, but I don’t know. We shall see, Jordan. I’m sure you will see reports in the Syndication Academy group if that happens. Okay.
Have You Tried Manipulating Q&A On A GMB And Saw A Difference In Map Rankings?
Brian says, “Anyone in here manipulate the Q&A on GMB and saw a difference in map rankings?” I have not. I haven’t done much with that yet. In fact, I haven’t done a whole lot with Google My Business other than just maintain client properties recently because I’m working on the prospecting and sales side of it to be added to the Local GMB Pro training once I’ve proven the method. First, I have to develop it, which is in progress now, but then I have to prove it, and then I’m gonna share that with Local GMB Pro.
I haven’t done much in there but maybe Marco has. Marco, what do you say?
Marco: Yeah. I mean, it’s one of the things that you have to try. Whether there’s a difference or not, we share our findings inside our Facebook group. We try to keep everything in there as far as what we do inside GMB. Generally, yeah, you can manipulate Q&A and then you could see for yourself whether there’s a difference in map rankings. It’s not that difficult, right? What’s that called? Answer The Public. Go to Answer The Public, get a ton of questions that you could then answer and see if there’s a difference when you do that, see if there’s a difference in map rankings.
Really, Bryon, the whole point behind our GMB training is we don’t care about ranking. We don’t care. It doesn’t make a difference. We concentrate on results. Are we getting phone calls? Are we getting visits to the website? Are we getting direction requests, if you have a brick and mortar or an office where people go? That’s all we care about.
When you’re doing that, you’re getting paid, man. We wanted to give people the ability to do that. Now, as a side effect, let’s call it, of all of this that happens inside GMB, yeah, you will start ranking in the 3-Pack and you will start ranking in organic search.
Bradley: Okay. I locked it on you for a minute because I had to pause the screen because I want to show something. I know this is part of the case study inside Google My–, or excuse me, Local GMB Pro and I just want to point this out because of what Marco just mentioned. I don’t mind showing this.
If we go to Insights here, this is the project that I used as the case study, which, by the way, I’ve got a second case study that I’m gonna be adding in the Local GMB Pro for a contractor, which is awesome because that’s primarily my business, the type of industry that I target. So I’m actually looking forward to that.
This taxi service one was kind of boring for me because it’s not an industry that I have much interest in. Right? But it just worked out that he was a new client right at the time we were launching the Local GMB Pro so I thought it would be a good case study.
But what I wanna point out here, and let me just zoom in very briefly guys, because this is what the point Marco was trying to make, is the fact that, just take a look at this. Look at some of the interactions. He got 16 interactions for the short single term phrase taxi and then 12 interactions in the last 30 days for cab.
Trust me, he’s not ranking for those terms. If you go to Charlottesville, which is where this guy is, where this company is and you search for, or you set your rank tracker to Charlottesville, or any one of those zip codes within the Charlottesville proper or anything like that and use … Because I use BrightLocal and that’s how you set local reports to track for maps, for mobile, and for desktop.
Anyways, you can set the actual search location. That’s not perfect, but it’s better than doing it without setting a specific location. My BrightLocal reports don’t show him ranking anywhere near page two, page three, page four for some of these single phrase keywords. But yet this is absolute proof that in the last month people have been exposed to his business for these short phrases, if you see that.
Again, it has nothing to do with rankings, guys. If you don’t understand what the Local GMB Pro service is or how it produces results, go back and watch one of our webinars where we’ve talked about it – like the launch webinar or whatever – because we go into great detail as to how this works or at least how we know it’s working because it’s producing results.
But it’s not something that can be tracked by regular ranked trackers because it’s pretty much all speaking to the mobile algorithm and to individualized personal search results based upon browsing history, where they’re located, so geolocation and all of that.
Again, it’s very interesting how this stuff works. We’re getting actual exposure and engagement from keywords that we aren’t showing anywhere near page one in the reports. Does that make sense? I wouldn’t even think to track these keywords, to be honest with you, because they’re such short-tailed keywords. In the past, it would be damn near impossible to rank for those, right?
But you can see I’m absolutely getting engagement from those, or this company is anyways. Okay. It’s crazy. Because I, mean, look at this, guys, 81 actions within the last month alone, 29 visits to the website, 51 calls, and one text message chat from only 134 maps exposures. So, I mean, that’s pretty incredible, right?
Marco, do you want to comment on that at all or should I move on?
Marco: No, no, man. We said we were gonna turn SEO on its ear. This is results driven SEO. It’s no longer about ranking; we don’t care. It’s no longer about the 3-pack. We don’t care. It’s all about results. We produce results for clients, clients pay us. ‘Nuff said.
Bradley: Yeah. Again, it’s independent of rankings, guys. Rankings are cool because we’re SEOs. We’d like to see all that and a lot of clients have been conditioned to expect to see ranking in reports too. But I’ve had to re-educate my long-standing clients and my new clients, you know, people that are coming in new, I tell them right off the bat, “Forget about traditional rank trackers, that’s old. Who cares whether you’re ranking or not if nobody’s seen it? Because it’s all mobile algorithm now and it’s mobile indexing first and because of that we should be focused in on mobile data, which Insights is primarily mobile data.
So my point is, if I can show … Remember, Insights is only showing the mobile activity, it’s not showing desktop and laptop activity. So my point is what you’re showing in Insights is actually only a portion of what the type of engagement signals that they should actually be receiving. Because, remember, GMB Insights does not track people that … It might track a click to the website, but if somebody picks up the phone, because they landed on your website and then calls from another phone, unless it’s from their mobile device where it’s a tap to call and Google can now attribute that call directly to either from the search results, from the mobile device directly from the search results, or from a post, a GMB post, or from the website that they can determine that.
But if somebody’s looking on a laptop and they see the maps listings, see the phone number, and then they call from their mobile device that’s not going to track as an engagement signal in GMB Insights if that makes sense.
So my point is the Insights shows so much engagement on mobile but that’s only a portion of the overall engagement or exposure that that business is actually getting because of, like I said, the restrictions on laptop and desktop not being able to track some of the actions that that visitor is taking, if that makes sense. Okay?
Again, it’s one of the most powerful things that I’ve seen. I think it’s incredible how quickly you could generate leads from GMB stuff, guys. So in case you haven’t joined it yet, do so.
Marco: One of the things that I’m constantly harping about in the Facebook group is that you need to be able to track everything just because of what you said. Because if you don’t, then you’re not going to be able to track some of the conversions. Some of them will take place on websites, some of them will take place by other means, but maybe they go and fill out a contact form or whatever. You need to be able to track everything so you can get paid for everything.
Do You See Value In Adding GSites To Keep A Site Active?
Bradley: This is cool. Steve. Okay. Steve says, “I know you have described the Google Plus as a wasteland before, so do you see value in this new addition to G sites to keep the site active possibly via IFTTT?” G sites and there’s links here, guys. That’s interesting because this was just published on July 30th, so literally nine days ago or 10 days ago.
That’s crazy because Google Plus has been absolutely, Google has been pooling Google Plus’s integration with all of their other products. They’ve been doing it over the last two years really. They’ve been pulling it out slowly but surely. For example, you don’t see Google Plus as an option inside of GMB anymore, inside of Google My Business. It doesn’t automatically create a brand page anymore. You actually kind of have to dig around to figure out how to create a brand page now. It’s interesting.
They’ve taken it out of YouTube. They’ve taken it out of just pretty much everything. So it’s interesting to see that just 10 days ago they’re posting an article about adding G Plus streams as a new feature to Google sites.
As I’ve said this before, guys, look, as long as Google Plus is still around, it is still available, I think you should still be using it because it’s still a Google product. If you can integrate it and connect it with all of your other Google products – your Google site, your drive stacks, your Google profile, all of those, your YouTube channel – there’s no reason why you shouldn’t use it because once again you’re just giving Google more of what it wants.
I do think that’s a great idea embedding … Look, I’m not gonna … Marco’s our iFrame genius and we had a discussion in our MasterMIND community, actually the Facebook group specifically about iFrames and how freaking fabulously they’re working. Marco was commenting on that just recently, the last couple days.
Again, that’s because if you’ve got an embedded Google stream, Google Plus stream, then yeah, that’s great because you’re just creating this iFrame tunnel, like picture-in-picture type thing, that’s just Google properties and it ends up creating a loop. As long as you close the loop with your G site iFrames and you can iFrame into it, like add ID pages, we talked about that kind of stuff in the Syndication Academy for the February update webinar. Everybody loves that. We call it the iFrame, local iFrame loop.
All those things are incredibly powerful and it’s because they’re utilizing iFrames. If you can utilize Google iFrames, you’re gonna squeeze a lot of juice out of it.
Do you want to comment on that?
Marco: No, man, that’s perfect.
Bradley: Okay. We’re good. We’re gonna keep moving. Steve, thanks for pointing that out because that’s a pretty cool update. I’m gonna have to play around with that a little bit. Okay.
Armand’s up. He says, “Not sure how I’m ignorant for wanting …” Oh, well, maybe that was Armand that posted that before. “I thought it was a bold claim by Josh to say he could have it shut down in a snap of a finger. I wasn’t trying to make anyone angry, just thought that was interesting.”
Yeah. Armand, I appreciate that. If that was you that posted that last week or whatever, I get that. All I was saying was that I don’t think we should have commented until we had verified the comment on our own. Not that I’m saying you’re lying about it, but I’m saying, again, on our part, we should have verified the comment and listened to maybe the conversation in its entirety before replying. That’s how I should have handled it and I didn’t, and I apologize for that.
I’m not attacking anybody or you, Armand. Just so you know, guys. That’s not how we are. That’s not who we are. Hey, what did I say? Don’t start none, won’t be none. You know what I mean? But thank you. Yeah.
Really, again, Armand, I don’t wanna get into debate about this. Armand came with a comment and we should have verified it before commenting. That’s all there is to it. Okay.
What Are Your Thoughts On Google Loving HTML Sites Over WordPress Pages?
Gordon’s up. He says, “Hey guys. Thank you very much again for your Hump Days help. It’s greatly appreciated.” Well, you’re welcome, Gordon. He says, “I’ve read everywhere for some time that Google loves WordPress and if you want to rank on the first page more easily you must use WordPress. But lately, I’ve been reading that Google now loves HTML sites much better and that is what we should be using. What is the truth?”
Honestly, you can rank either one. It doesn’t matter. I think it’s funny how things come full circle. It used to be HTML, then it became WordPress. The reason why WordPress has ranked so well is because it’s been industry standard for so long. The problem with WordPress though is, especially now with mobile first indexing, is the fact that WordPress sites are typically a hell of a lot slower and there’s a number of factors that affect that. Right? Hosting being one of the primary factors, but there’s a number of factors that cause WordPress pages, even responsive WordPress themes to load slowly.
Since everything is a mobile indexing first algorithm now, that’s what Google search results are based upon mobile indexing first that rolled out at the end of July. Guys, that’s absolute fact now. Because of that HTML sites load incredibly fast. So much faster than WordPress sites, if you don’t know how to optimize for PageSpeed.
I haven’t read anything about that. I don’t know what the debate is about that specifically right now, because I don’t follow that kind of stuff typically, but I imagine that is a very real debate. I can imagine that is going on right now. I can understand why HTML would probably rank better now because PageSpeed is supposedly a ranking factor, and especially more so now because of the mobile indexing first, mobile first index, excuse me.
Again, HTML sites load incredibly quick. I love HTML sites. I use them a lot for, again, for add Id pages and for a lot of one-off stuff. I just create an HTML page because I can edit it in Notepad++ and then just upload it to a server and it loads quickly. It’s simple to maintain and I don’t have to worry about WordPress updates and security issues and all the other shit that goes on with WordPress.
Anybody wanna comment on that?
Marco: Yeah. We have an AMP plugin and its in Facebook and I’m gonna go to the top and it’s called, on our Facebook group it’s called AMP Creators Mastermind. You can get the plug-in from there, the most up-to-date plug-in. There’s also video that details how to use it and how you can do just some really neat tricks with Google. Google will actually give you ideas and advice on what you need to do with your AMP pages to manipulate Google. How good is that?
AMP Creators Mastermind, the plug-in is in there. It’s free. We’re not charging for it. Just ask to join the group and you’ll get access to the plug-in.
Bradley: Yeah. Just to try and kind of finish up on this question, Gordon, you asked, so what should we be using? Honestly, what’s gonna be easier for you? Right? I mean, here’s the thing. WordPress, the nice thing about WordPress and probably why it has become industry standard for so long, is because there’s so much functionality, between the plugins and all that other stuff.
There’s so much functionality that you can add without having to understand coding, or HTML coding, anyways. So, excuse me. That’s probably why it had become industry standard.
Personally, I can’t do HTML sites other than a simple one pager site. Because I don’t know how to add CSS files and all that, I just don’t know how to do all that. I just know basic HTML. So I always just download an HTML template and then just edit it with the content that I need and upload it for single page stuff. And I do a lot of one page stuff with HTML sites, but I don’t know how to build a full-on website out of HTML and I don’t really care to ever learn how to do that either.
Really, Gordon, it’s what should you be using, whatever is easiest for you and your most efficient with. Because WordPress sites can absolutely be sped up to PageSpeed isn’t the issue. Right? I mean, you might have to be a PageSpeed nerd or expert, happen to be able to do that, but there’s lots of those out there. We’ve got several of them in our Mastermind.
I am not a PageSpeed expert. I know how to do a few things to get it good enough. But I know some of our MasterMIND members that, they tweak and tweak and tweak until they get these incredibly fast load times. I just don’t have the patience to do all that. You know what I mean? If get it fast enough to where it loads quick enough, then it’s not going to be an issue. Okay.
Should You Make All Page Updates And Changes At Once Or Should You Do It As Soon As You’re Done With A Page?
That’s a great question though, by the way. All right. Next one is Greg. Greg. What’s up, Greg? He says, “Hey guys. Over the next few weeks, I will do a significant rewriting and editing of all pages on my site enough so that the rankings will dance all over the place. Do you recommend keeping all updates in draft mode as I write and then posting all the changes on the same day? Or post each page’s edits as they are done over a period of the next few weeks which could keep the site dancing much longer? Thanks.”
That’s a good one. I’ve never tested that, Greg. I can tell you how I’ve done that in the past and that was to just publish the updates as they were completed. Because if it’s a site that’s gonna take a few weeks, because of the amount of content that it’s gonna be updated and it’s gonna take a few weeks, I typically just do all the updates or publish the updates as they occur, as I complete them.
Here’s my logic behind that. Although, guys, I have not tested this, and I’m curious to see what the other guys say, but my logic behind doing it, dripping it out as the changes are completed is that Google’s algorithm, if it’s tuned to identify or to notice that changes are being made in sites, which it is, we know that for sure, but it’s being done slowly over time, it’s logical to me that Google would understand that that site is being updated. There’s a lot of content so it’s gonna take time.
As opposed to doing all the changes in draft mode and then making all the updates at once, that seems more like an activity that an SEO would do. At least, that’s my opinion. But again, guys, this is completely conjectured on my opinion at this point, because I have not tested it. I’ve just always done it in a dripped out fashion because of how I feel it to be a logical reason to do that, if that makes sense.
Again, it’s not tested. That’s just my assumption. Anybody here wanna take a different approach or different angle?
Marco: Yeah. I do it all at once as if it were redesigned. That’s how I take it. I’m redesigning the website, maybe I’m doing the silo architecture, or whatever, and so it just goes live all at once.
Bradley: Okay. As far as dancing, have you tested one against the other to see if-?
Marco: No, because I always do it all at once. I don’t like going back or setting it. You have to set the calendar for each one of those to go out or maybe once it’s done, you have to publish it. Instead, you just have everything ready and then you publish all at once. I think it’s a preference. He may be right, he could set his website dancing time after time after time after time. I haven’t tested that.
Bradley: That’s interesting. That’d be an interesting test, Greg. I mean, I don’t know how I would do. It’s funny because Marco does it one way, I’ve done it the other. So I guess to make a choice. We don’t really know which one’s going … Because we haven’t tested it, I don’t wanna give you a false answer as to which has more of a dancing effect or a prolonged dancing effect versus the other. I can’t tell you honestly. But that would be an interesting test at some point.
Marco: I think Hernan was about to chime in.
Bradley: Were you?
Hernan: Yeah. I was about to say that I agree with you guys. I agree with Bradley in that regard. I was just going to say that I agree.
Does Your Subscription Level In Newswire Influence The Local SEO Power Of A Press Release?
Bradley: Okay. Kay Dee says, “When buying press release from newswire, does the subscription level influence its local SEO power? Is a $97 contributor PR sufficient? As seen here. Also, is it safe to use newswire for repeated weekly submissions or is it necessary to mix up the PR providers?”
Okay, great questions. Newswire is fine. There’s nothing wrong with newswire. As far as I know that the subscription levels shouldn’t make any difference – it’s the distribution level. So, if a higher subscription level gives you better distribution, then yes, the higher subscription levels would produce better results, or they should produce better results, because they mean more distribution. Right?
But as far as I know, if you’re talking about newswire.net, then the subscription levels only adjust, it’s the same distribution network, but they just – and again, I hope I have this right – but I think the different subscription levels, it’s all the same distribution network, it’s just the number of press releases that can be submitted within a given month is what is determined by the subscription level, not the number of distribution sites, if that makes sense.
So, if that’s the case, then no. This wouldn’t make any difference at all because you just get the same distribution level as somebody that might have an agency or a journalist, or whatever the different levels are that they say. Right? It’s the same distribution level or network so the same number of sites that it gets republished to. But somebody with a higher subscription level can submit more press releases within a given timeframe if that makes sense. Now again, if you look at the different pricing options and higher subscription levels have more distribution, then yes, it would make a difference. Okay. So really think about it that way. All right.
Is It Safe To Use Newswire For Repeated Weekly Submissions?
“Also, is it safe to use newswire repeatedly for weekly submissions?” Yeah, it is. The only reason why we talked about mixing up PR providers is because, especially if you’re doing PR stacking, well, even if you’re just doing direct press releases to money sites, for example, as your target URLs, like money sites or maps listings and stuff like that, is if you repeatedly hit it over and over again to the same distribution network, there comes a point where there’s diminishing returns.
I don’t know what that point is, when that threshold occurs or what it takes to cross that threshold. But I do know that I’ve experienced through, especially when I was testing all the stuff that we did for Local PR Pro, which is our training on how to do press release stacking and how to use press releases for ranking and the maps pack really, really quickly. Anyways, when I was doing all my testing for that I found that, when I started to vary the distribution networks, so essentially Newswire.net was one of them, PressCable, which was Chris Munch’s, we also have two press release services in Serp Space that we used. So I have two distribution networks there, plus, you know …
So my point is, I’ve used as many as four different distribution networks for a PR stack for one business. So if I’m going to do four press releases, I might use four different distribution networks and then I get a much more diverse backlink profile. Right? There are a number of sites that are gonna be present on almost every distribution network. They’re common because their press cables that are popular and they’re easy access. But every single distribution network are gonna have some of their own unique distribution partners that the others do not.
That’s why I said that’s the only reason why I would recommend that you have, if PRs or press releases is one of your main services that you provide for your business, then I would recommend that you get some subscriptions in some other press release distribution networks so that you have that diversity available. Right?
Guys, I love press release. I think they’re absolutely amazing. I freaking love them. For SEO purposes, I use press releases like they’re going out of style. It’s one of my primary methods for getting results now, is just using press releases. I mean, in addition to the other SM stuff, like Semantic Mastery stuff that we do – drive stacks, syndication networks, now Local GMB Pro. But press releases are my go-to thing, guys, when I need quick movement, when I need backlinks, when I need citations. It’s just super, super powerful. So I use a number of different services, distribution networks, and I recommend that you do as well. Okay.
Marco: One of the things that works really well for me, and I only do this for stuff that really, really matters, is I’ll set up a press release stack the way that we teach in Local PR Pro, and then somewhere along that stack, sometimes the very last one, I’ll hit it with something like PR web. Now guys, before you go, it’s expensive, right? If you choose, I think, the top level is something like 400 bucks, the next one down is nearly 300 bucks, I always choose the next one down from the top. But you get so much exposure and distribution that it’ll help push everything that you’ve done with the PR stack.
Now again, I do this when it’s something, maybe I’ve come across something that’s really difficult but I know that my client is gonna make a ton of money, and so I’ll go and I’ll get one of these releases. Again, PR Web is one and I forget the one owned by, I always forget the name, the one owned by Warren Buffett. They have a press release service. But either one. I mean, you can’t go wrong, but you will have to spend the money. But then again, just charge the client for it.
Bradley: Yeah. Awesome. But yeah, Kay Dee, a great service. I’m telling you. Actually, yeah, this gives me an opportunity real quick to point something out. So I’m developing prospecting funnel. I’ve been working on it for fucking months, man. No kidding, months and months and months. It’s taken so much longer than I planned. But I’m glad though because, it is difficult to set up through trial and error to get it to work, but because of that not many others out there are willing to do it, which means we’re gonna have a unique product that works incredibly well.
I’m teaching everybody in MasterMIND how to do it, how to build these prospecting funnels. The ultimate goal is, once I have it down and, like the prospecting funnel is absolutely working incredibly well, our sales process still sucks for selling, well, it’s still in development, but the prospecting funnel is working incredibly well.
The reason I bring this up is because, actually my outreach campaign, the cold prospecting emails, because we’re using cold outreach emails right now as our primary prospecting method and it’s working like crazy. I’m gonna show you my pipe drive account here in just a moment for the agency that I’ve been testing all this stuff on, which is my own agency, Big Bamboo Marketing. I’ve been targeting specifically tree service contractors.
But the outreach sequence that I’m using, the cold email sequence that I’m using is a modified sequence that I got from PressCable. I’ve just mentioned that I used Chris Munch’s PressCable as one of my distribution networks for press releases and I have a White Label reseller agency account with them. One of the things that they have inside there is … By the way, we should probably get with Chris Munch at some point and do a promo for his PressCable, because I do use it so much, guys. If somebody wants to make a note of that.
Anyways, it’s a good service. He’s got this White Label agency, like email campaign thing in there, that don’t do all the emailing from their servers. I don’t recommend it, though. Here’s why: because, first of all, it’s templated content. Guys, templated content, if it gets used by too many people, well, Google’s servers and mail filters, it will filter it out. It will send it to spam or send it directly to promotional. Because Google has a machine learning, guys. Google will recognize the same message being sent by dozens and dozens of emails, or even hundreds, or even thousands of emails sending from domains and such. So Google will actually start filtering and automatically classifying certain emails as spam.
So inside PressCable, if you use, and I’m not speaking bad about it, I think it’s good, but what I’m saying is, the templates, the email templates are, I guarantee you that most people don’t go in and edit them considerably, which is what you should do. Right? Anytime somebody gives you an email template, a sequence that’s been templated, you should go in and edit it, customize it specific for your business and change the messaging so that it’s specific for your messaging. Because again, then it becomes unique and it won’t get caught up in the spam filters if too many people use it. So that’s number one.
Number two, they also do the mailing from their own sending domains. I found through testing that most of them are undeliverable or they get rejected by web mail hosts or they go to spam or promotional folder. I know because I’ve tested them. So what I did was I actually pulled all the email copy out, edited everything to be more specific to my business, and then I started sending using GMass in my own sending domains through G suite – so Google apps, Google suite. Now I’m using GMass.co which is fabulous. It’s great for cold outreach prospecting emails. I’m using that, plus my own sending domains, which are alias domains in a G suite account. And we’re getting incredible results.
Here, let me show you, just to prove to you, guys. This is from three weeks of mailing. Take a look at this. I know it’s small on your end, but this is from three weeks of consistent mailing as of yesterday. We only mail Monday through Friday. You can see I’ve got 36 active leads in my pipeline right now. All tree services, because I mentioned that I’m targeting specifically tree service companies.
The reason I’m telling you all this is because I’m using the PressCable sequence that’s a modified version of it, specific to my business, where we’re pitching PR services on the front-end. That’s what’s actually filling this pipeline right now. Again, this is from, we started on Tuesday, three weeks ago, we’ve been mailing five days a week for three weeks. We’ve got 36 inbound leads, which is crazy. Right?
This has been, by far, the most successful prospecting method I’ve used. PRs are a great front-end product especially because you can get really quick wins. So that’s kind of what our pitch is on the front-end right now, is using PR or press releases to kind of get their attention. Okay. Anyways, great that you’re doing that. I like to see it when other people are running with something that works and I know that they work. Okay.
This is Dan, right?
Marco: Yeah, it’s Dan.
Bradley: Okay. “Switched everything to liquidweb.” Cool. That’s awesome, Dan. Remember that conversation we had about hosting and Dan was like, “You got an affiliate link?” I think this was last week or maybe two weeks ago, but yeah, that’s awesome. “How can I get the VIP option?” Just reach out at Support. “Along with the VIP ticket, you’re good to go.” That’s right. Okay, cool. Anyways, Adam got you, Dan. We’ll get you squared.
Yeah, that’s what I saw. Okay. I didn’t realize it was called Gutenberg. Thanks, Jordan. Yeah. Let us know what happens.
Dan, that comes up. The GMB keywords will come up. It’s been rolling out. Not all of my GMB listings show that. Most of them do now, but not all of them. So just be patient. You should start seeing that soon. It’s rolling out I think to all GMB Insights reporting. It’s just, like I said, some of my listings don’t have it, but almost all of them do. So just be patient though, you’ll see that soon.
Yeah. Google Plus has had the world’s longest funeral. Yeah. You know what’s funny about that, guys? You could go back to when we first started Hump Day Hangouts, which I think was in 2013. Maybe ‘14? I guess it was '14. Anyways, whenever it was that we started it, and there was people back then, ever since Google Plus, creation there’s been those people out there, the haters, that said Google Plus is dead. I’m not kidding. You can search probably Google right now, Google Plus is dead, and find articles that were posted like in 2012 that says: Google Plus is dead, it’s a ghost town, it’s going by the wayside.
It was funny because for many years, I would see articles pretty fairly consistently, on social media examiner and all these sites and stuff, that were talking about Google Plus is dead and blah, blah, blah. Yet Google was actually incorporating more and more of Google Plus into its algorithm. Again, when Google first started adding the Semantic Web to how its algorithm worked, like Google Plus was to be used as an identity validator. It was a way to validate somebody as a real person because of the connections that they would have on the web.
Why do you think syndication networks work so well? Because it’s very similar to what Google Plus was trying to do by making all of its products integrate with a singular profile, a Google Plus profile. It was a way to validate an identity of person and tie all of those products to that individual person. Right? That’s part of the reason that they did it.
It’s funny because I remember back in 2012 and '13 and '14 when these articles were coming about Google Plus being dead and Google’s killing it off and all that, I was saying, “No, Google’s not gonna kill it off. It’s so much a part of its semantic algorithm now that there’s no way they’re gonna kill it off.” Well, here we are many years later and I see its death, like Wayne said, it’s a very long and slow funeral, or very long and slow death really. It’s not the funeral yet because it’s not completely dead. But it’s like they’ve been on this terminal illness for the last two years.
I remember years ago, and the reason I brought up the Hump Day Hangouts was because I remember debating that on Hump Day Hangouts and me saying, “I don’t think it’ll ever be taken away. Or if it is, it’s gonna be a long time in the future because it’s been so integrated into how Google identifies or validates an identity and ties all of their products together to one specific person.”
But here we are several years later and they have actually started winding it down, but like Wayne mentioned, it’s been at least two years now that they’ve been pulling this stuff out of products and it’s still in progress, if that makes sense. So it’s interesting to see all these years later the prediction that I made, that it wasn’t gonna be removed entirely, or if it did it was going to take a long time, it’s kind of coming to be true. And all those other people that were like, “Oh, it’s dead,” five, six years ago, they were proven wrong. You know what I mean?
Marco: Who was it? It was Steve Cato that gave us that Google blog and the embed Google stream. Because I just got an idea for a webinar on how we can just totally maximize the use of this with everything that we do, not only in RYS Reloaded, but in Google My Business. Steve, if you’re not in either one, I’m going to invite you to the webinar anyway because you gave me the idea. Guys, if you are in, I’m just gonna give you some monster stuff on how you can manipulate this to death.
Bradley: And that’s in GMB Pro?
Marco: This will be a GMB Pro, but I’m gonna invite the RYS Reloaded guys because they can take advantage of it even if they’re not in Google My Business. I’m going to invite Steve Cato for putting that little itch in my brain on how this can be manipu- … I’ve been thinking about this the whole time we’re talking. I’m thinking, “All this shit and I can do this? And I can do this? And we can circle back doing this?” So it’s gonna be fun.
Bradley: We’ll talk about it, but invite the MasterMIND too then.
Marco: Steve, if you’re not in any of our groups or whatever, if you’re not in Facebook, you should at least be in our free group in Facebook, just reach out to me in Messenger and just give me your email address so I can send you an invitation to the webinar. It’ll take me about two, three, four weeks to set it all up, but once it’s done, I’ll make sure you get invited.
Bradley: Sweet. That’s pretty cool. So you guys you get rewarded for educating us, right?
Greg says, “This looked like a fair comparison.” Thanks, Greg. Actually, I’ve got it open over here. I’m gonna scroll through here and take a look. “Reason to choose HTML, my preference.” Yeah. That’s what I was saying. I mean, if I knew how to do, like build whole HTML websites, honestly, I shouldn’t be building websites anymore anyways, I should be outsourcing that. But there are times that I still do build a lot of single HTML pages because I do a lot of SEO stuff with those, so I do a lot of that on my own. Again, I just added it with Notepad++, it’s very simple to do.
But I don’t know how to build full-on websites with HTML. I don’t think I should be, anyways. I just don’t know how to do that. So if I need to build a whole website, then I just select WordPress. But then I do a few PageSpeed optimizations to cut down on load time. But I agree. I think HTML is a better route to go, but it causes a lot of other issues to not have the functionality that WordPress does.
Anyways, thanks, Greg. I appreciate that. Dominic says, he just had a birthday this week. Happy birthday, Dominic. He says, “Thrive Themes is expensive. I thinking I’m dropping them and moving to Divi 3.0 220 a year for an agency, unlimited sites. That sounds great, because I think we paid almost 600 bucks for our agency license, that we just renewed it this week. “Great drag and drop builder. Any thoughts?”
No. I don’t have any thoughts about it, just because I haven’t used Divi. I’m one of the types of people that I hate testing new WordPress themes or developers because they all have their own unique way of doing things and there’s such a learning curve. I don’t know, I’m not a web designer. So for me, there’s always such a learning curve every time I have to learn how to edit a different WordPress developers theme.
I’ve learned over the years, like I’ve used InkThemes, I-N-K Themes, which aren’t even great themes, to be honest with you, but I used them for years. That was my own. If a client wanted me to build them a website, all I would do was send them to the InkThemes marketplace to choose the template that they wanted, the design that they wanted. If they sent back an email saying, “I don’t really like these. Here are some others that I like,” and they pointed out other developers, I would tell them flat out, “Well, that’s fine, but now the web design cost is going up $1,000. Because I’m gonna have to hire somebody else to do the build instead of me because I don’t know how to do those themes and there’s gonna be a huge learning curve, or I would hire somebody else,”
That’s typically what I would do. If somebody had an existing website on a different theme that they wanted to keep or if they had a specific theme that was built by a developer that I didn’t know, or that I had no experience with, which was pretty much everybody else out there besides InkThemes, then I would either charge them to learn how to work on that theme. Or I would go to Upwork and find somebody that was proficient in that specific developer’s theme and then I would hire them to do it. But I would always add in a premium to that web design service specifically for that reason.
By the way, I’m really not very proficient at Thrive Themes either, but I know enough to be able to build some pages and stuff that look decent. Again, Thrive Themes is my, just, Dominic, for your sake, I know I haven’t used Divi, maybe one of the other guys have, if you’re real proficient with WordPress stuff, it might be easy for you, but for me, I’m sure there’s a learning curve that I don’t want to mess with yet.
Marco: It’s all I’m using now and of course Semantic Mastery has a scissor for all that stuff that we need for anything that needs to be coded or whatever else. But yeah, Divi is what I’ve been using for quite a while now.
Bradley: Yeah. Cool. Check it out, I think we’re done with the questions, guys. Yeah. Dan says he’s in Canada, so maybe next year. Yeah. I don’t know, maybe it’s gonna roll out slower in Canada, if you’re talking about the Insights keywords, Dan.
Anyways, guys, all right, I’m gonna wrap it up. Thanks everybody for being here. We’ll see everybody … Oh, we got MasterMIND webinar tomorrow, guys, so be there or be square.
Adam: Outstanding. Just a quick reminder, I wanted to say something before we wrap up, if you saw the emails Leads Recon from Ted Chen, he gave us a heck of a deal for subscribers, I’m gonna put the link on there, but price is going up. I mean, it’s been out for a while and he’s been working on it, it’s like doubling or something, the price tonight at midnight. So last chance to hop in on that if you want. I think between us, we own several licenses already, so I highly recommend this tool for you, if you’re interested in it.
Bradley: Offer leads recon?
Adam: Yeah.
Bradley: Did you drop the link again?
Adam: I’m gonna do that right now. I need to make sure I get the right one.
Bradley: Also, just for people that might not be on the event page, what is it, if you have the slug, at semanticmastery.com/ what? Or is it leadsrecon.com/semanticmastery or something?
Adam: You know what? I am logged in. Give me a 10 seconds here. If everyone can hold on, this is worth it to the people who want to grab it. I’ll make sure we get this right. It is Semantic Mastery-
Bradley: I did a walkthrough webinar of how I use the tool. So if you’re curious about how the tool works and everything, please watch the webinar. It’s a great tool and it’s a lifetime license for $297. I think it’s 297. It’s like 300 bucks.
Adam: Correct. Yeah. It’s going to a yearly and it’s gonna be something like double or triple that.
Bradley: Yeah. I think he said he was going like 697 for a lifetime option, but it’ll be 297 yearly. The lifetime option for 697, I think, is gonna go away soon. Anyways, my point is, if you’re interested in it at all, you can watch the webinar, you’ll see exactly how I use it. It’s great for getting lead data very, very quickly.
I use another tool, I use Lead Kahuna for most scraping. But I hired a VA to do it because Lead Kahuna pulls so much freaking data. It takes a long time to run and it pulls a ton of data. Most of the data we don’t use, but it does pull in a lot of additional data. Whereas Leads Recon is more about getting results very quickly and it doesn’t give you a whole shit ton of unnecessary data. So it runs real quick, it’s efficient, and it’s a good tool. I highly recommend that you check it out. Okay.
Adam: That’s good.
Bradley: All right, guys. We’ll see y'all next week. Thanks.
Adam: Bye everyone.
Marco: Bye.
Weekly Digital Marketing Q&A – Hump Day Hangouts – Episode 196 posted first on your-t1-blog-url from Blogger https://ift.tt/2OybMQ1 via IFTTT
0 notes
Text
Weekly Digital Marketing Q&A – Hump Day Hangouts – Episode 196
youtube
Click on the video above to watch Episode 196 of the Semantic Mastery Hump Day Hangouts.
Full timestamps with topics and times can be found at the link above.
The latest upcoming free SEO Q&A Hump Day Hangout can be found at http://semanticmastery.com/humpday.
Announcement
Adam: Hey yo! Welcome to Hump Day Hangouts Episode 196. We are live on this awesome 8th of the August, at 4 p.m. Eastern. We got almost the whole crew here today. It looks like Chris is missing. It’s pretty late right where he is, so cut him some slack. But we’ll just go down and say hello to everybody real quick. Hernan, how are you doing today?
Hernan: Hey, what’s up everybody? I’m really good. I’m kind of busy but excited to be here. I’m really excited for POFU Live 2018 as well. Things are coming up nicely, so I’m excited for that.
Adam: We’ll be talking more about that in just a minute. Marco, how are you doing?
Marco: I’m working on POFU, man, each and every day. If you guys knew – I can’t say, I’m sorry, I’m under NDA – what I was working on to just finally rid myself of this fucking bedbug that’s Google, you’d probably, I mean, you’d line up to pay me. But let’s just say we cracked the code and, well, I’m not gonna keep dropping F-bombs this early. Put the children away so I can go unfiltered. But having said that, man, POFU.
Bradley: ‘Nuff said.
Adam: Bradley, how about yourself, man?
Bradley: I’m good. I’m happy to be here. It’s hot as hell in Virginia right now. They’re like stupid hot. Fortunately, I’m in the air conditioning. It gets hot at my office because it’s in the upstairs. I got the fan running and everything, but it’s still hot.
Adam: Yeah. It just keeps getting hotter as the day goes on.
Bradley: Yeah, it sucks. But it’s all right. I’m still happy to be here. So let’s get to it.
Adam: Good deal. Well, real quick, if you’re just joining us for the first time, thanks for showing up. You can always catch these live like right now, or, if you’re watching this on YouTube, obviously, and catch the replay can ask questions and check it out later, whatever floats your boat. If you’re looking for the place to start with Semantic Mastery, we highly recommend the Battle Plan. You can find the link either on the page, again if you’re watching live or on YouTube.
Real quick, Hernan mentioned POFU Live. Hernan, what is this POFU Live bitch that you speak of?
Hernan: Well, POFU Live is gonna be an awesome event. The first event that we’re doing for Semantic Mastery. It’s gonna take place on October 19, 20, and 21st of October in Washington, DC. The entire Semantic Mastery crew is gonna be talking and we have some guest speakers as well. So we’re really excited about that.
The main point of the event is that we’ll help you guys reach in that POFU. Right? We talk about POFU, POFU, POFU, and whatnot. The entire theme of the event is how you reach that position where you can pretty much grow your business, get new clients, get your clients results faster, and how to scale the business that will put you in a POFU pretty, pretty fast.
The main idea is that we try to make it small so that we can kind of tailor the experience to each of you guys that are gonna be attending. So it’s gonna be pretty amazing.
Bradley: Yes. We’re gonna try to create like a three-step process for everybody that attends. Anybody that joins or wants to attend, when you purchase a ticket, you’re gonna get sent a survey, essentially, that you have to complete so that we can kind of tailor based on your specific business model, like what products and services you sell, what’s your target market, that kind of stuff. So that we can help you apply our three-step process, which is find clients, make the sale, fulfill the service scale. I mean, that was, I guess, four, but some of those can be combined. So it’s essentially prospecting, and selling, fulfilling a service, and then scaling.
That’s really what we want to do. That’s why, in part, why we’re trying to keep the number of attendees very, very small. It’s very limited to only 25 people because, obviously, we wouldn’t be able to sit down and literally help develop a plan for your specific business model if we had 200 people in the room.
That’s just part of the reason why we wanted to start our first one with a very small, limited audience, because we really wanna help everybody that comes walk away with the plan specific to their business and what their needs are, what their financial goals are, and what their needs are and all that.
Again, that’s all going to be information that you’re going to add to the survey before you come to the event so that we can have some time to look over and really custom tailor it for your business.
Adam: Definitely. Yeah. I just had a quick conversation this morning with Jeffrey Smith from SEO Design Solutions, from SEO Bootcamp, excuse me, also the SEO Ultimate Plugin, which we highly recommend. I had really good talk with him. I think you might be able to see it on our Facebook page, about a quick chat about what he’s gonna be talking about as a guest speaker at the event and why he’s excited to be there. I highly suggest heading over this Semantic Mastery Facebook page and checking that out.
Real quick too, speaking about the event, so we got some really cool tickets available for that. You can just come to the event if you want to, we got VIP tickets available for a little bit more where you can spend some time having fun goofing off with us, also networking, and enjoying it the day before we hop into things.
Then, there’s a special too. If you’re interested in joining the MasterMIND and taking things up a few notches, you can get a ticket to the event along with – I’m not gonna go to the details – a bunch of goodies, but also a year’s worth of the MasterMIND. So it’s a hell of a deal you’re basically getting to come to the event for free if you check that out.
I’m gonna put the link, or the links are already up there for the live event. So check that out. If you have any questions, shoot us email to [email protected].
All right. I think that is about it. Does anybody else have anything? No?
Bradley: No.
Hernan: I’m good.
Adam: Let’s get into it.
Bradley: All right. Give me one second. In case we need it. No more tofu. All right. Let me grab the screen. Sorry, I was looking at Greg’s image already. Okay. I think we’re good. Are we good? Can you guys see me? Can you see my screen?
Adam: Yes.
Marco: Yep.
Clarifications On Josh Bachynski’s Statement
Bradley: All right. First up is Paul Williams. Yeah. Okay. I’ve read this earlier a couple of days ago, actually, before it was posted, or at least I saw it a couple days ago. Yeah, last week … Oops, sorry guys. Last week or I don’t know if it was last week, it might have been the week before, anyways, somebody had come on to the Hump Day Hangouts and posted a comment about something that they said Josh Bachynski said. I just wanna clarify that we commented on it and engaged with that comment without actually verifying the comment on our own. So, essentially, somebody came and posted and said, “Hey, this happened on somebody else’s show, this is what they said.”
Well, that could be taken out of context, and we did comment on that comment without having verified the comment ourselves and seen it in full context and that was improper on our part. So I just wanna clear the air on that. Semantic Mastery and is by no means trying to pick a fight with anybody. That’s not what we’re about. I think that’s juvenile and I think that reflects poorly on us.
So I want to kind of clarify that. There was no harm intended. I just wanna make sure everybody understands that. There’s not gonna be any fighting in the SEO world between Semantic Mastery and anybody else. Marco has his own opinions and he’s perfectly entitled to it; that’s part of his charm. But I just wanna make it very clear that we were wrong for comment, or at least I feel like we should have at least verified the comment first and foremost and seen it in full context before we said anything at all. I just wanna clarify that.
I know Marco wants to say something about it. Marco, please feel free.
Marco: Yes. At no point did I take whatever was claimed that Josh said as a criticism of Semantic Mastery nor did it get under my skin. I didn’t feel that that was aimed at Semantic Mastery or at anything that we do. If anyone thinks that all we do is drive stacks, then they don’t know Semantic Mastery. There’s no reason for anything to get under my skin. I went after a specific comment, which may or may not have been made. Some say it was said multiple times, whatever, it doesn’t matter now.
I will tell you this: nobody’s going to control my mouth and nobody’s going to tell me what to say or how to say. I say it how it comes out. If it comes out unfiltered, well, fuck it. That’s just the way it is. That’s just the way it comes out. I don’t try to control what I say. I just let it flow, man. If it comes out wrong, well, it just comes out wrong.
I was commenting on something that was said specific and I dealt with that. I’m going to leave it at that. Of course, it was my opinion, not the opinion of Semantic Mastery. It’s what I said. I see at the bottom of that, that Josh said to invite us on the show, well, our email is [email protected], you’re welcome to write to us, invite us, and I’ll be happy to show and we can have a discussion.
But again, nobody is going to control my mouth. That’s just the way it is. I’m unfiltered. That’s how it goes.
Bradley: Amen. D Kard posted a reply, and I appreciate this, D, because he says that, “Essentially, this was just a misunderstanding created by an ignorant person who came on Hump Day Hangouts and didn’t tell the full story, which made everyone angry at Semantic Mastery. The whole facade was due to an ignorant person who couldn’t convey the whole story properly.”
I partially agree, but at the same time, it was also, I think we should have reserved any comment until we had seen the comment ourselves or verified the comment and also in its full context. Again, anything can be taken out of context guys and we reacted to something that could have very well been taken out of context. Again, I wanna apologize for that because that wasn’t very professional, at least as a brand from what I think. Again, what Marco said about the specific comment, that’s fine, but I’m just saying there was no attack there and I just wanted to clarify that.
Again, D, I appreciate your reply here. So thank you very much. But we’re gonna move on. As Marco said, we’re happy, [email protected] for anybody to come on our show at any time and we just accepted the offer to come onto his as well. So let’s make it happen. If somebody wants to debate, and that’s perfectly fine.
What Are Your Thoughts On WP Gutenberg Editor?
Jordan says, “Has anyone taken the new WP Gutenberg editor,” I don’t even what the hell that is, “for a spin yet and did it break anything, namely the Semantic Mastery RSS plugin, Ultimate SEO Plus, or anything else we typically use per SM’s recommendations?”
I don’t even know what this is. Is anybody else familiar with this?
Adam: No. I’m just checking it out myself. I’d heard of it, but it looks like it’s the new editor. I’m sure Jordan could enlighten us and let us know if it’s already live or something. But that’s just the name of the new editor that’s out there.
Bradley: Oh, okay. I saw it inside one of my WordPress sites today about a new editor coming soon.
Adam: Yeah. It looks like it’s kind of going the way of the … I forget what it’s called, but … God, I’m having a total brain fart. But anyways, where you have like content blocks instead of more of the text type editor.
Bradley: Yeah, like a modular page-
Adam: Digital composer. That was what I was trying to think of.
Bradley: Yeah. Visual builder.
Adam: Yeah.
Bradley: Yeah. Okay. I know I haven’t used it yet. Unfortunately, Jordan, no. But I can imagine it’s a … I don’t know. I mean, it might break shit. I don’t know. I can’t imagine why it would though, because, for example, I use Thrive Themes. We just had to update our subscription to that again, which is freaking expensive. I use Thrive Themes for a lot of sites and that’s a modular page builder, and it doesn’t break anything – that I’ve noticed. Like the Syndication still work, the blog post still syndicate. I haven’t seen anything buggy, but I don’t know. We shall see, Jordan. I’m sure you will see reports in the Syndication Academy group if that happens. Okay.
Have You Tried Manipulating Q&A On A GMB And Saw A Difference In Map Rankings?
Brian says, “Anyone in here manipulate the Q&A on GMB and saw a difference in map rankings?” I have not. I haven’t done much with that yet. In fact, I haven’t done a whole lot with Google My Business other than just maintain client properties recently because I’m working on the prospecting and sales side of it to be added to the Local GMB Pro training once I’ve proven the method. First, I have to develop it, which is in progress now, but then I have to prove it, and then I’m gonna share that with Local GMB Pro.
I haven’t done much in there but maybe Marco has. Marco, what do you say?
Marco: Yeah. I mean, it’s one of the things that you have to try. Whether there’s a difference or not, we share our findings inside our Facebook group. We try to keep everything in there as far as what we do inside GMB. Generally, yeah, you can manipulate Q&A and then you could see for yourself whether there’s a difference in map rankings. It’s not that difficult, right? What’s that called? Answer The Public. Go to Answer The Public, get a ton of questions that you could then answer and see if there’s a difference when you do that, see if there’s a difference in map rankings.
Really, Bryon, the whole point behind our GMB training is we don’t care about ranking. We don’t care. It doesn’t make a difference. We concentrate on results. Are we getting phone calls? Are we getting visits to the website? Are we getting direction requests, if you have a brick and mortar or an office where people go? That’s all we care about.
When you’re doing that, you’re getting paid, man. We wanted to give people the ability to do that. Now, as a side effect, let’s call it, of all of this that happens inside GMB, yeah, you will start ranking in the 3-Pack and you will start ranking in organic search.
Bradley: Okay. I locked it on you for a minute because I had to pause the screen because I want to show something. I know this is part of the case study inside Google My–, or excuse me, Local GMB Pro and I just want to point this out because of what Marco just mentioned. I don’t mind showing this.
If we go to Insights here, this is the project that I used as the case study, which, by the way, I’ve got a second case study that I’m gonna be adding in the Local GMB Pro for a contractor, which is awesome because that’s primarily my business, the type of industry that I target. So I’m actually looking forward to that.
This taxi service one was kind of boring for me because it’s not an industry that I have much interest in. Right? But it just worked out that he was a new client right at the time we were launching the Local GMB Pro so I thought it would be a good case study.
But what I wanna point out here, and let me just zoom in very briefly guys, because this is what the point Marco was trying to make, is the fact that, just take a look at this. Look at some of the interactions. He got 16 interactions for the short single term phrase taxi and then 12 interactions in the last 30 days for cab.
Trust me, he’s not ranking for those terms. If you go to Charlottesville, which is where this guy is, where this company is and you search for, or you set your rank tracker to Charlottesville, or any one of those zip codes within the Charlottesville proper or anything like that and use … Because I use BrightLocal and that’s how you set local reports to track for maps, for mobile, and for desktop.
Anyways, you can set the actual search location. That’s not perfect, but it’s better than doing it without setting a specific location. My BrightLocal reports don’t show him ranking anywhere near page two, page three, page four for some of these single phrase keywords. But yet this is absolute proof that in the last month people have been exposed to his business for these short phrases, if you see that.
Again, it has nothing to do with rankings, guys. If you don’t understand what the Local GMB Pro service is or how it produces results, go back and watch one of our webinars where we’ve talked about it – like the launch webinar or whatever – because we go into great detail as to how this works or at least how we know it’s working because it’s producing results.
But it’s not something that can be tracked by regular ranked trackers because it’s pretty much all speaking to the mobile algorithm and to individualized personal search results based upon browsing history, where they’re located, so geolocation and all of that.
Again, it’s very interesting how this stuff works. We’re getting actual exposure and engagement from keywords that we aren’t showing anywhere near page one in the reports. Does that make sense? I wouldn’t even think to track these keywords, to be honest with you, because they’re such short-tailed keywords. In the past, it would be damn near impossible to rank for those, right?
But you can see I’m absolutely getting engagement from those, or this company is anyways. Okay. It’s crazy. Because I, mean, look at this, guys, 81 actions within the last month alone, 29 visits to the website, 51 calls, and one text message chat from only 134 maps exposures. So, I mean, that’s pretty incredible, right?
Marco, do you want to comment on that at all or should I move on?
Marco: No, no, man. We said we were gonna turn SEO on its ear. This is results driven SEO. It’s no longer about ranking; we don’t care. It’s no longer about the 3-pack. We don’t care. It’s all about results. We produce results for clients, clients pay us. ‘Nuff said.
Bradley: Yeah. Again, it’s independent of rankings, guys. Rankings are cool because we’re SEOs. We’d like to see all that and a lot of clients have been conditioned to expect to see ranking in reports too. But I’ve had to re-educate my long-standing clients and my new clients, you know, people that are coming in new, I tell them right off the bat, “Forget about traditional rank trackers, that’s old. Who cares whether you’re ranking or not if nobody’s seen it? Because it’s all mobile algorithm now and it’s mobile indexing first and because of that we should be focused in on mobile data, which Insights is primarily mobile data.
So my point is, if I can show … Remember, Insights is only showing the mobile activity, it’s not showing desktop and laptop activity. So my point is what you’re showing in Insights is actually only a portion of what the type of engagement signals that they should actually be receiving. Because, remember, GMB Insights does not track people that … It might track a click to the website, but if somebody picks up the phone, because they landed on your website and then calls from another phone, unless it’s from their mobile device where it’s a tap to call and Google can now attribute that call directly to either from the search results, from the mobile device directly from the search results, or from a post, a GMB post, or from the website that they can determine that.
But if somebody’s looking on a laptop and they see the maps listings, see the phone number, and then they call from their mobile device that’s not going to track as an engagement signal in GMB Insights if that makes sense.
So my point is the Insights shows so much engagement on mobile but that’s only a portion of the overall engagement or exposure that that business is actually getting because of, like I said, the restrictions on laptop and desktop not being able to track some of the actions that that visitor is taking, if that makes sense. Okay?
Again, it’s one of the most powerful things that I’ve seen. I think it’s incredible how quickly you could generate leads from GMB stuff, guys. So in case you haven’t joined it yet, do so.
Marco: One of the things that I’m constantly harping about in the Facebook group is that you need to be able to track everything just because of what you said. Because if you don’t, then you’re not going to be able to track some of the conversions. Some of them will take place on websites, some of them will take place by other means, but maybe they go and fill out a contact form or whatever. You need to be able to track everything so you can get paid for everything.
Do You See Value In Adding GSites To Keep A Site Active?
Bradley: This is cool. Steve. Okay. Steve says, “I know you have described the Google Plus as a wasteland before, so do you see value in this new addition to G sites to keep the site active possibly via IFTTT?” G sites and there’s links here, guys. That’s interesting because this was just published on July 30th, so literally nine days ago or 10 days ago.
That’s crazy because Google Plus has been absolutely, Google has been pooling Google Plus’s integration with all of their other products. They’ve been doing it over the last two years really. They’ve been pulling it out slowly but surely. For example, you don’t see Google Plus as an option inside of GMB anymore, inside of Google My Business. It doesn’t automatically create a brand page anymore. You actually kind of have to dig around to figure out how to create a brand page now. It’s interesting.
They’ve taken it out of YouTube. They’ve taken it out of just pretty much everything. So it’s interesting to see that just 10 days ago they’re posting an article about adding G Plus streams as a new feature to Google sites.
As I’ve said this before, guys, look, as long as Google Plus is still around, it is still available, I think you should still be using it because it’s still a Google product. If you can integrate it and connect it with all of your other Google products – your Google site, your drive stacks, your Google profile, all of those, your YouTube channel – there’s no reason why you shouldn’t use it because once again you’re just giving Google more of what it wants.
I do think that’s a great idea embedding … Look, I’m not gonna … Marco’s our iFrame genius and we had a discussion in our MasterMIND community, actually the Facebook group specifically about iFrames and how freaking fabulously they’re working. Marco was commenting on that just recently, the last couple days.
Again, that’s because if you’ve got an embedded Google stream, Google Plus stream, then yeah, that’s great because you’re just creating this iFrame tunnel, like picture-in-picture type thing, that’s just Google properties and it ends up creating a loop. As long as you close the loop with your G site iFrames and you can iFrame into it, like add ID pages, we talked about that kind of stuff in the Syndication Academy for the February update webinar. Everybody loves that. We call it the iFrame, local iFrame loop.
All those things are incredibly powerful and it’s because they’re utilizing iFrames. If you can utilize Google iFrames, you’re gonna squeeze a lot of juice out of it.
Do you want to comment on that?
Marco: No, man, that’s perfect.
Bradley: Okay. We’re good. We’re gonna keep moving. Steve, thanks for pointing that out because that’s a pretty cool update. I’m gonna have to play around with that a little bit. Okay.
Armand’s up. He says, “Not sure how I’m ignorant for wanting …” Oh, well, maybe that was Armand that posted that before. “I thought it was a bold claim by Josh to say he could have it shut down in a snap of a finger. I wasn’t trying to make anyone angry, just thought that was interesting.”
Yeah. Armand, I appreciate that. If that was you that posted that last week or whatever, I get that. All I was saying was that I don’t think we should have commented until we had verified the comment on our own. Not that I’m saying you’re lying about it, but I’m saying, again, on our part, we should have verified the comment and listened to maybe the conversation in its entirety before replying. That’s how I should have handled it and I didn’t, and I apologize for that.
I’m not attacking anybody or you, Armand. Just so you know, guys. That’s not how we are. That’s not who we are. Hey, what did I say? Don’t start none, won’t be none. You know what I mean? But thank you. Yeah.
Really, again, Armand, I don’t wanna get into debate about this. Armand came with a comment and we should have verified it before commenting. That’s all there is to it. Okay.
What Are Your Thoughts On Google Loving HTML Sites Over WordPress Pages?
Gordon’s up. He says, “Hey guys. Thank you very much again for your Hump Days help. It’s greatly appreciated.” Well, you’re welcome, Gordon. He says, “I’ve read everywhere for some time that Google loves WordPress and if you want to rank on the first page more easily you must use WordPress. But lately, I’ve been reading that Google now loves HTML sites much better and that is what we should be using. What is the truth?”
Honestly, you can rank either one. It doesn’t matter. I think it’s funny how things come full circle. It used to be HTML, then it became WordPress. The reason why WordPress has ranked so well is because it’s been industry standard for so long. The problem with WordPress though is, especially now with mobile first indexing, is the fact that WordPress sites are typically a hell of a lot slower and there’s a number of factors that affect that. Right? Hosting being one of the primary factors, but there’s a number of factors that cause WordPress pages, even responsive WordPress themes to load slowly.
Since everything is a mobile indexing first algorithm now, that’s what Google search results are based upon mobile indexing first that rolled out at the end of July. Guys, that’s absolute fact now. Because of that HTML sites load incredibly fast. So much faster than WordPress sites, if you don’t know how to optimize for PageSpeed.
I haven’t read anything about that. I don’t know what the debate is about that specifically right now, because I don’t follow that kind of stuff typically, but I imagine that is a very real debate. I can imagine that is going on right now. I can understand why HTML would probably rank better now because PageSpeed is supposedly a ranking factor, and especially more so now because of the mobile indexing first, mobile first index, excuse me.
Again, HTML sites load incredibly quick. I love HTML sites. I use them a lot for, again, for add Id pages and for a lot of one-off stuff. I just create an HTML page because I can edit it in Notepad++ and then just upload it to a server and it loads quickly. It’s simple to maintain and I don’t have to worry about WordPress updates and security issues and all the other shit that goes on with WordPress.
Anybody wanna comment on that?
Marco: Yeah. We have an AMP plugin and its in Facebook and I’m gonna go to the top and it’s called, on our Facebook group it’s called AMP Creators Mastermind. You can get the plug-in from there, the most up-to-date plug-in. There’s also video that details how to use it and how you can do just some really neat tricks with Google. Google will actually give you ideas and advice on what you need to do with your AMP pages to manipulate Google. How good is that?
AMP Creators Mastermind, the plug-in is in there. It’s free. We’re not charging for it. Just ask to join the group and you’ll get access to the plug-in.
Bradley: Yeah. Just to try and kind of finish up on this question, Gordon, you asked, so what should we be using? Honestly, what’s gonna be easier for you? Right? I mean, here’s the thing. WordPress, the nice thing about WordPress and probably why it has become industry standard for so long, is because there’s so much functionality, between the plugins and all that other stuff.
There’s so much functionality that you can add without having to understand coding, or HTML coding, anyways. So, excuse me. That’s probably why it had become industry standard.
Personally, I can’t do HTML sites other than a simple one pager site. Because I don’t know how to add CSS files and all that, I just don’t know how to do all that. I just know basic HTML. So I always just download an HTML template and then just edit it with the content that I need and upload it for single page stuff. And I do a lot of one page stuff with HTML sites, but I don’t know how to build a full-on website out of HTML and I don’t really care to ever learn how to do that either.
Really, Gordon, it’s what should you be using, whatever is easiest for you and your most efficient with. Because WordPress sites can absolutely be sped up to PageSpeed isn’t the issue. Right? I mean, you might have to be a PageSpeed nerd or expert, happen to be able to do that, but there’s lots of those out there. We’ve got several of them in our Mastermind.
I am not a PageSpeed expert. I know how to do a few things to get it good enough. But I know some of our MasterMIND members that, they tweak and tweak and tweak until they get these incredibly fast load times. I just don’t have the patience to do all that. You know what I mean? If get it fast enough to where it loads quick enough, then it’s not going to be an issue. Okay.
Should You Make All Page Updates And Changes At Once Or Should You Do It As Soon As You’re Done With A Page?
That’s a great question though, by the way. All right. Next one is Greg. Greg. What’s up, Greg? He says, “Hey guys. Over the next few weeks, I will do a significant rewriting and editing of all pages on my site enough so that the rankings will dance all over the place. Do you recommend keeping all updates in draft mode as I write and then posting all the changes on the same day? Or post each page’s edits as they are done over a period of the next few weeks which could keep the site dancing much longer? Thanks.”
That’s a good one. I’ve never tested that, Greg. I can tell you how I’ve done that in the past and that was to just publish the updates as they were completed. Because if it’s a site that’s gonna take a few weeks, because of the amount of content that it’s gonna be updated and it’s gonna take a few weeks, I typically just do all the updates or publish the updates as they occur, as I complete them.
Here’s my logic behind that. Although, guys, I have not tested this, and I’m curious to see what the other guys say, but my logic behind doing it, dripping it out as the changes are completed is that Google’s algorithm, if it’s tuned to identify or to notice that changes are being made in sites, which it is, we know that for sure, but it’s being done slowly over time, it’s logical to me that Google would understand that that site is being updated. There’s a lot of content so it’s gonna take time.
As opposed to doing all the changes in draft mode and then making all the updates at once, that seems more like an activity that an SEO would do. At least, that’s my opinion. But again, guys, this is completely conjectured on my opinion at this point, because I have not tested it. I’ve just always done it in a dripped out fashion because of how I feel it to be a logical reason to do that, if that makes sense.
Again, it’s not tested. That’s just my assumption. Anybody here wanna take a different approach or different angle?
Marco: Yeah. I do it all at once as if it were redesigned. That’s how I take it. I’m redesigning the website, maybe I’m doing the silo architecture, or whatever, and so it just goes live all at once.
Bradley: Okay. As far as dancing, have you tested one against the other to see if-?
Marco: No, because I always do it all at once. I don’t like going back or setting it. You have to set the calendar for each one of those to go out or maybe once it’s done, you have to publish it. Instead, you just have everything ready and then you publish all at once. I think it’s a preference. He may be right, he could set his website dancing time after time after time after time. I haven’t tested that.
Bradley: That’s interesting. That’d be an interesting test, Greg. I mean, I don’t know how I would do. It’s funny because Marco does it one way, I’ve done it the other. So I guess to make a choice. We don’t really know which one’s going … Because we haven’t tested it, I don’t wanna give you a false answer as to which has more of a dancing effect or a prolonged dancing effect versus the other. I can’t tell you honestly. But that would be an interesting test at some point.
Marco: I think Hernan was about to chime in.
Bradley: Were you?
Hernan: Yeah. I was about to say that I agree with you guys. I agree with Bradley in that regard. I was just going to say that I agree.
Does Your Subscription Level In Newswire Influence The Local SEO Power Of A Press Release?
Bradley: Okay. Kay Dee says, “When buying press release from newswire, does the subscription level influence its local SEO power? Is a $97 contributor PR sufficient? As seen here. Also, is it safe to use newswire for repeated weekly submissions or is it necessary to mix up the PR providers?”
Okay, great questions. Newswire is fine. There’s nothing wrong with newswire. As far as I know that the subscription levels shouldn’t make any difference – it’s the distribution level. So, if a higher subscription level gives you better distribution, then yes, the higher subscription levels would produce better results, or they should produce better results, because they mean more distribution. Right?
But as far as I know, if you’re talking about newswire.net, then the subscription levels only adjust, it’s the same distribution network, but they just – and again, I hope I have this right – but I think the different subscription levels, it’s all the same distribution network, it’s just the number of press releases that can be submitted within a given month is what is determined by the subscription level, not the number of distribution sites, if that makes sense.
So, if that’s the case, then no. This wouldn’t make any difference at all because you just get the same distribution level as somebody that might have an agency or a journalist, or whatever the different levels are that they say. Right? It’s the same distribution level or network so the same number of sites that it gets republished to. But somebody with a higher subscription level can submit more press releases within a given timeframe if that makes sense. Now again, if you look at the different pricing options and higher subscription levels have more distribution, then yes, it would make a difference. Okay. So really think about it that way. All right.
Is It Safe To Use Newswire For Repeated Weekly Submissions?
“Also, is it safe to use newswire repeatedly for weekly submissions?” Yeah, it is. The only reason why we talked about mixing up PR providers is because, especially if you’re doing PR stacking, well, even if you’re just doing direct press releases to money sites, for example, as your target URLs, like money sites or maps listings and stuff like that, is if you repeatedly hit it over and over again to the same distribution network, there comes a point where there’s diminishing returns.
I don’t know what that point is, when that threshold occurs or what it takes to cross that threshold. But I do know that I’ve experienced through, especially when I was testing all the stuff that we did for Local PR Pro, which is our training on how to do press release stacking and how to use press releases for ranking and the maps pack really, really quickly. Anyways, when I was doing all my testing for that I found that, when I started to vary the distribution networks, so essentially Newswire.net was one of them, PressCable, which was Chris Munch’s, we also have two press release services in Serp Space that we used. So I have two distribution networks there, plus, you know …
So my point is, I’ve used as many as four different distribution networks for a PR stack for one business. So if I’m going to do four press releases, I might use four different distribution networks and then I get a much more diverse backlink profile. Right? There are a number of sites that are gonna be present on almost every distribution network. They’re common because their press cables that are popular and they’re easy access. But every single distribution network are gonna have some of their own unique distribution partners that the others do not.
That’s why I said that’s the only reason why I would recommend that you have, if PRs or press releases is one of your main services that you provide for your business, then I would recommend that you get some subscriptions in some other press release distribution networks so that you have that diversity available. Right?
Guys, I love press release. I think they’re absolutely amazing. I freaking love them. For SEO purposes, I use press releases like they’re going out of style. It’s one of my primary methods for getting results now, is just using press releases. I mean, in addition to the other SM stuff, like Semantic Mastery stuff that we do – drive stacks, syndication networks, now Local GMB Pro. But press releases are my go-to thing, guys, when I need quick movement, when I need backlinks, when I need citations. It’s just super, super powerful. So I use a number of different services, distribution networks, and I recommend that you do as well. Okay.
Marco: One of the things that works really well for me, and I only do this for stuff that really, really matters, is I’ll set up a press release stack the way that we teach in Local PR Pro, and then somewhere along that stack, sometimes the very last one, I’ll hit it with something like PR web. Now guys, before you go, it’s expensive, right? If you choose, I think, the top level is something like 400 bucks, the next one down is nearly 300 bucks, I always choose the next one down from the top. But you get so much exposure and distribution that it’ll help push everything that you’ve done with the PR stack.
Now again, I do this when it’s something, maybe I’ve come across something that’s really difficult but I know that my client is gonna make a ton of money, and so I’ll go and I’ll get one of these releases. Again, PR Web is one and I forget the one owned by, I always forget the name, the one owned by Warren Buffett. They have a press release service. But either one. I mean, you can’t go wrong, but you will have to spend the money. But then again, just charge the client for it.
Bradley: Yeah. Awesome. But yeah, Kay Dee, a great service. I’m telling you. Actually, yeah, this gives me an opportunity real quick to point something out. So I’m developing prospecting funnel. I’ve been working on it for fucking months, man. No kidding, months and months and months. It’s taken so much longer than I planned. But I’m glad though because, it is difficult to set up through trial and error to get it to work, but because of that not many others out there are willing to do it, which means we’re gonna have a unique product that works incredibly well.
I’m teaching everybody in MasterMIND how to do it, how to build these prospecting funnels. The ultimate goal is, once I have it down and, like the prospecting funnel is absolutely working incredibly well, our sales process still sucks for selling, well, it’s still in development, but the prospecting funnel is working incredibly well.
The reason I bring this up is because, actually my outreach campaign, the cold prospecting emails, because we’re using cold outreach emails right now as our primary prospecting method and it’s working like crazy. I’m gonna show you my pipe drive account here in just a moment for the agency that I’ve been testing all this stuff on, which is my own agency, Big Bamboo Marketing. I’ve been targeting specifically tree service contractors.
But the outreach sequence that I’m using, the cold email sequence that I’m using is a modified sequence that I got from PressCable. I’ve just mentioned that I used Chris Munch’s PressCable as one of my distribution networks for press releases and I have a White Label reseller agency account with them. One of the things that they have inside there is … By the way, we should probably get with Chris Munch at some point and do a promo for his PressCable, because I do use it so much, guys. If somebody wants to make a note of that.
Anyways, it’s a good service. He’s got this White Label agency, like email campaign thing in there, that don’t do all the emailing from their servers. I don’t recommend it, though. Here’s why: because, first of all, it’s templated content. Guys, templated content, if it gets used by too many people, well, Google’s servers and mail filters, it will filter it out. It will send it to spam or send it directly to promotional. Because Google has a machine learning, guys. Google will recognize the same message being sent by dozens and dozens of emails, or even hundreds, or even thousands of emails sending from domains and such. So Google will actually start filtering and automatically classifying certain emails as spam.
So inside PressCable, if you use, and I’m not speaking bad about it, I think it’s good, but what I’m saying is, the templates, the email templates are, I guarantee you that most people don’t go in and edit them considerably, which is what you should do. Right? Anytime somebody gives you an email template, a sequence that’s been templated, you should go in and edit it, customize it specific for your business and change the messaging so that it’s specific for your messaging. Because again, then it becomes unique and it won’t get caught up in the spam filters if too many people use it. So that’s number one.
Number two, they also do the mailing from their own sending domains. I found through testing that most of them are undeliverable or they get rejected by web mail hosts or they go to spam or promotional folder. I know because I’ve tested them. So what I did was I actually pulled all the email copy out, edited everything to be more specific to my business, and then I started sending using GMass in my own sending domains through G suite – so Google apps, Google suite. Now I’m using GMass.co which is fabulous. It’s great for cold outreach prospecting emails. I’m using that, plus my own sending domains, which are alias domains in a G suite account. And we’re getting incredible results.
Here, let me show you, just to prove to you, guys. This is from three weeks of mailing. Take a look at this. I know it’s small on your end, but this is from three weeks of consistent mailing as of yesterday. We only mail Monday through Friday. You can see I’ve got 36 active leads in my pipeline right now. All tree services, because I mentioned that I’m targeting specifically tree service companies.
The reason I’m telling you all this is because I’m using the PressCable sequence that’s a modified version of it, specific to my business, where we’re pitching PR services on the front-end. That’s what’s actually filling this pipeline right now. Again, this is from, we started on Tuesday, three weeks ago, we’ve been mailing five days a week for three weeks. We’ve got 36 inbound leads, which is crazy. Right?
This has been, by far, the most successful prospecting method I’ve used. PRs are a great front-end product especially because you can get really quick wins. So that’s kind of what our pitch is on the front-end right now, is using PR or press releases to kind of get their attention. Okay. Anyways, great that you’re doing that. I like to see it when other people are running with something that works and I know that they work. Okay.
This is Dan, right?
Marco: Yeah, it’s Dan.
Bradley: Okay. “Switched everything to liquidweb.” Cool. That’s awesome, Dan. Remember that conversation we had about hosting and Dan was like, “You got an affiliate link?” I think this was last week or maybe two weeks ago, but yeah, that’s awesome. “How can I get the VIP option?” Just reach out at Support. “Along with the VIP ticket, you’re good to go.” That’s right. Okay, cool. Anyways, Adam got you, Dan. We’ll get you squared.
Yeah, that’s what I saw. Okay. I didn’t realize it was called Gutenberg. Thanks, Jordan. Yeah. Let us know what happens.
Dan, that comes up. The GMB keywords will come up. It’s been rolling out. Not all of my GMB listings show that. Most of them do now, but not all of them. So just be patient. You should start seeing that soon. It’s rolling out I think to all GMB Insights reporting. It’s just, like I said, some of my listings don’t have it, but almost all of them do. So just be patient though, you’ll see that soon.
Yeah. Google Plus has had the world’s longest funeral. Yeah. You know what’s funny about that, guys? You could go back to when we first started Hump Day Hangouts, which I think was in 2013. Maybe ‘14? I guess it was '14. Anyways, whenever it was that we started it, and there was people back then, ever since Google Plus, creation there’s been those people out there, the haters, that said Google Plus is dead. I’m not kidding. You can search probably Google right now, Google Plus is dead, and find articles that were posted like in 2012 that says: Google Plus is dead, it’s a ghost town, it’s going by the wayside.
It was funny because for many years, I would see articles pretty fairly consistently, on social media examiner and all these sites and stuff, that were talking about Google Plus is dead and blah, blah, blah. Yet Google was actually incorporating more and more of Google Plus into its algorithm. Again, when Google first started adding the Semantic Web to how its algorithm worked, like Google Plus was to be used as an identity validator. It was a way to validate somebody as a real person because of the connections that they would have on the web.
Why do you think syndication networks work so well? Because it’s very similar to what Google Plus was trying to do by making all of its products integrate with a singular profile, a Google Plus profile. It was a way to validate an identity of person and tie all of those products to that individual person. Right? That’s part of the reason that they did it.
It’s funny because I remember back in 2012 and '13 and '14 when these articles were coming about Google Plus being dead and Google’s killing it off and all that, I was saying, “No, Google’s not gonna kill it off. It’s so much a part of its semantic algorithm now that there’s no way they’re gonna kill it off.” Well, here we are many years later and I see its death, like Wayne said, it’s a very long and slow funeral, or very long and slow death really. It’s not the funeral yet because it’s not completely dead. But it’s like they’ve been on this terminal illness for the last two years.
I remember years ago, and the reason I brought up the Hump Day Hangouts was because I remember debating that on Hump Day Hangouts and me saying, “I don’t think it’ll ever be taken away. Or if it is, it’s gonna be a long time in the future because it’s been so integrated into how Google identifies or validates an identity and ties all of their products together to one specific person.”
But here we are several years later and they have actually started winding it down, but like Wayne mentioned, it’s been at least two years now that they’ve been pulling this stuff out of products and it’s still in progress, if that makes sense. So it’s interesting to see all these years later the prediction that I made, that it wasn’t gonna be removed entirely, or if it did it was going to take a long time, it’s kind of coming to be true. And all those other people that were like, “Oh, it’s dead,” five, six years ago, they were proven wrong. You know what I mean?
Marco: Who was it? It was Steve Cato that gave us that Google blog and the embed Google stream. Because I just got an idea for a webinar on how we can just totally maximize the use of this with everything that we do, not only in RYS Reloaded, but in Google My Business. Steve, if you’re not in either one, I’m going to invite you to the webinar anyway because you gave me the idea. Guys, if you are in, I’m just gonna give you some monster stuff on how you can manipulate this to death.
Bradley: And that’s in GMB Pro?
Marco: This will be a GMB Pro, but I’m gonna invite the RYS Reloaded guys because they can take advantage of it even if they’re not in Google My Business. I’m going to invite Steve Cato for putting that little itch in my brain on how this can be manipu- … I’ve been thinking about this the whole time we’re talking. I’m thinking, “All this shit and I can do this? And I can do this? And we can circle back doing this?” So it’s gonna be fun.
Bradley: We’ll talk about it, but invite the MasterMIND too then.
Marco: Steve, if you’re not in any of our groups or whatever, if you’re not in Facebook, you should at least be in our free group in Facebook, just reach out to me in Messenger and just give me your email address so I can send you an invitation to the webinar. It’ll take me about two, three, four weeks to set it all up, but once it’s done, I’ll make sure you get invited.
Bradley: Sweet. That’s pretty cool. So you guys you get rewarded for educating us, right?
Greg says, “This looked like a fair comparison.” Thanks, Greg. Actually, I’ve got it open over here. I’m gonna scroll through here and take a look. “Reason to choose HTML, my preference.” Yeah. That’s what I was saying. I mean, if I knew how to do, like build whole HTML websites, honestly, I shouldn’t be building websites anymore anyways, I should be outsourcing that. But there are times that I still do build a lot of single HTML pages because I do a lot of SEO stuff with those, so I do a lot of that on my own. Again, I just added it with Notepad++, it’s very simple to do.
But I don’t know how to build full-on websites with HTML. I don’t think I should be, anyways. I just don’t know how to do that. So if I need to build a whole website, then I just select WordPress. But then I do a few PageSpeed optimizations to cut down on load time. But I agree. I think HTML is a better route to go, but it causes a lot of other issues to not have the functionality that WordPress does.
Anyways, thanks, Greg. I appreciate that. Dominic says, he just had a birthday this week. Happy birthday, Dominic. He says, “Thrive Themes is expensive. I thinking I’m dropping them and moving to Divi 3.0 220 a year for an agency, unlimited sites. That sounds great, because I think we paid almost 600 bucks for our agency license, that we just renewed it this week. “Great drag and drop builder. Any thoughts?”
No. I don’t have any thoughts about it, just because I haven’t used Divi. I’m one of the types of people that I hate testing new WordPress themes or developers because they all have their own unique way of doing things and there’s such a learning curve. I don’t know, I’m not a web designer. So for me, there’s always such a learning curve every time I have to learn how to edit a different WordPress developers theme.
I’ve learned over the years, like I’ve used InkThemes, I-N-K Themes, which aren’t even great themes, to be honest with you, but I used them for years. That was my own. If a client wanted me to build them a website, all I would do was send them to the InkThemes marketplace to choose the template that they wanted, the design that they wanted. If they sent back an email saying, “I don’t really like these. Here are some others that I like,” and they pointed out other developers, I would tell them flat out, “Well, that’s fine, but now the web design cost is going up $1,000. Because I’m gonna have to hire somebody else to do the build instead of me because I don’t know how to do those themes and there’s gonna be a huge learning curve, or I would hire somebody else,”
That’s typically what I would do. If somebody had an existing website on a different theme that they wanted to keep or if they had a specific theme that was built by a developer that I didn’t know, or that I had no experience with, which was pretty much everybody else out there besides InkThemes, then I would either charge them to learn how to work on that theme. Or I would go to Upwork and find somebody that was proficient in that specific developer’s theme and then I would hire them to do it. But I would always add in a premium to that web design service specifically for that reason.
By the way, I’m really not very proficient at Thrive Themes either, but I know enough to be able to build some pages and stuff that look decent. Again, Thrive Themes is my, just, Dominic, for your sake, I know I haven’t used Divi, maybe one of the other guys have, if you’re real proficient with WordPress stuff, it might be easy for you, but for me, I’m sure there’s a learning curve that I don’t want to mess with yet.
Marco: It’s all I’m using now and of course Semantic Mastery has a scissor for all that stuff that we need for anything that needs to be coded or whatever else. But yeah, Divi is what I’ve been using for quite a while now.
Bradley: Yeah. Cool. Check it out, I think we’re done with the questions, guys. Yeah. Dan says he’s in Canada, so maybe next year. Yeah. I don’t know, maybe it’s gonna roll out slower in Canada, if you’re talking about the Insights keywords, Dan.
Anyways, guys, all right, I’m gonna wrap it up. Thanks everybody for being here. We’ll see everybody … Oh, we got MasterMIND webinar tomorrow, guys, so be there or be square.
Adam: Outstanding. Just a quick reminder, I wanted to say something before we wrap up, if you saw the emails Leads Recon from Ted Chen, he gave us a heck of a deal for subscribers, I’m gonna put the link on there, but price is going up. I mean, it’s been out for a while and he’s been working on it, it’s like doubling or something, the price tonight at midnight. So last chance to hop in on that if you want. I think between us, we own several licenses already, so I highly recommend this tool for you, if you’re interested in it.
Bradley: Offer leads recon?
Adam: Yeah.
Bradley: Did you drop the link again?
Adam: I’m gonna do that right now. I need to make sure I get the right one.
Bradley: Also, just for people that might not be on the event page, what is it, if you have the slug, at semanticmastery.com/ what? Or is it leadsrecon.com/semanticmastery or something?
Adam: You know what? I am logged in. Give me a 10 seconds here. If everyone can hold on, this is worth it to the people who want to grab it. I’ll make sure we get this right. It is Semantic Mastery-
Bradley: I did a walkthrough webinar of how I use the tool. So if you’re curious about how the tool works and everything, please watch the webinar. It’s a great tool and it’s a lifetime license for $297. I think it’s 297. It’s like 300 bucks.
Adam: Correct. Yeah. It’s going to a yearly and it’s gonna be something like double or triple that.
Bradley: Yeah. I think he said he was going like 697 for a lifetime option, but it’ll be 297 yearly. The lifetime option for 697, I think, is gonna go away soon. Anyways, my point is, if you’re interested in it at all, you can watch the webinar, you’ll see exactly how I use it. It’s great for getting lead data very, very quickly.
I use another tool, I use Lead Kahuna for most scraping. But I hired a VA to do it because Lead Kahuna pulls so much freaking data. It takes a long time to run and it pulls a ton of data. Most of the data we don’t use, but it does pull in a lot of additional data. Whereas Leads Recon is more about getting results very quickly and it doesn’t give you a whole shit ton of unnecessary data. So it runs real quick, it’s efficient, and it’s a good tool. I highly recommend that you check it out. Okay.
Adam: That’s good.
Bradley: All right, guys. We’ll see y'all next week. Thanks.
Adam: Bye everyone.
Marco: Bye.
Weekly Digital Marketing Q&A – Hump Day Hangouts – Episode 196 posted first on your-t1-blog-url
0 notes
Text
Weekly Digital Marketing Q&A – Hump Day Hangouts – Episode 196
youtube
Click on the video above to watch Episode 196 of the Semantic Mastery Hump Day Hangouts.
Full timestamps with topics and times can be found at the link above.
The latest upcoming free SEO Q&A Hump Day Hangout can be found at http://semanticmastery.com/humpday.
Announcement
Adam: Hey yo! Welcome to Hump Day Hangouts Episode 196. We are live on this awesome 8th of the August, at 4 p.m. Eastern. We got almost the whole crew here today. It looks like Chris is missing. It’s pretty late right where he is, so cut him some slack. But we’ll just go down and say hello to everybody real quick. Hernan, how are you doing today?
Hernan: Hey, what’s up everybody? I’m really good. I’m kind of busy but excited to be here. I’m really excited for POFU Live 2018 as well. Things are coming up nicely, so I’m excited for that.
Adam: We’ll be talking more about that in just a minute. Marco, how are you doing?
Marco: I’m working on POFU, man, each and every day. If you guys knew – I can’t say, I’m sorry, I’m under NDA – what I was working on to just finally rid myself of this fucking bedbug that’s Google, you’d probably, I mean, you’d line up to pay me. But let’s just say we cracked the code and, well, I’m not gonna keep dropping F-bombs this early. Put the children away so I can go unfiltered. But having said that, man, POFU.
Bradley: ‘Nuff said.
Adam: Bradley, how about yourself, man?
Bradley: I’m good. I’m happy to be here. It’s hot as hell in Virginia right now. They’re like stupid hot. Fortunately, I’m in the air conditioning. It gets hot at my office because it’s in the upstairs. I got the fan running and everything, but it’s still hot.
Adam: Yeah. It just keeps getting hotter as the day goes on.
Bradley: Yeah, it sucks. But it’s all right. I’m still happy to be here. So let’s get to it.
Adam: Good deal. Well, real quick, if you’re just joining us for the first time, thanks for showing up. You can always catch these live like right now, or, if you’re watching this on YouTube, obviously, and catch the replay can ask questions and check it out later, whatever floats your boat. If you’re looking for the place to start with Semantic Mastery, we highly recommend the Battle Plan. You can find the link either on the page, again if you’re watching live or on YouTube.
Real quick, Hernan mentioned POFU Live. Hernan, what is this POFU Live bitch that you speak of?
Hernan: Well, POFU Live is gonna be an awesome event. The first event that we’re doing for Semantic Mastery. It’s gonna take place on October 19, 20, and 21st of October in Washington, DC. The entire Semantic Mastery crew is gonna be talking and we have some guest speakers as well. So we’re really excited about that.
The main point of the event is that we’ll help you guys reach in that POFU. Right? We talk about POFU, POFU, POFU, and whatnot. The entire theme of the event is how you reach that position where you can pretty much grow your business, get new clients, get your clients results faster, and how to scale the business that will put you in a POFU pretty, pretty fast.
The main idea is that we try to make it small so that we can kind of tailor the experience to each of you guys that are gonna be attending. So it’s gonna be pretty amazing.
Bradley: Yes. We’re gonna try to create like a three-step process for everybody that attends. Anybody that joins or wants to attend, when you purchase a ticket, you’re gonna get sent a survey, essentially, that you have to complete so that we can kind of tailor based on your specific business model, like what products and services you sell, what’s your target market, that kind of stuff. So that we can help you apply our three-step process, which is find clients, make the sale, fulfill the service scale. I mean, that was, I guess, four, but some of those can be combined. So it’s essentially prospecting, and selling, fulfilling a service, and then scaling.
That’s really what we want to do. That’s why, in part, why we’re trying to keep the number of attendees very, very small. It’s very limited to only 25 people because, obviously, we wouldn’t be able to sit down and literally help develop a plan for your specific business model if we had 200 people in the room.
That’s just part of the reason why we wanted to start our first one with a very small, limited audience, because we really wanna help everybody that comes walk away with the plan specific to their business and what their needs are, what their financial goals are, and what their needs are and all that.
Again, that’s all going to be information that you’re going to add to the survey before you come to the event so that we can have some time to look over and really custom tailor it for your business.
Adam: Definitely. Yeah. I just had a quick conversation this morning with Jeffrey Smith from SEO Design Solutions, from SEO Bootcamp, excuse me, also the SEO Ultimate Plugin, which we highly recommend. I had really good talk with him. I think you might be able to see it on our Facebook page, about a quick chat about what he’s gonna be talking about as a guest speaker at the event and why he’s excited to be there. I highly suggest heading over this Semantic Mastery Facebook page and checking that out.
Real quick too, speaking about the event, so we got some really cool tickets available for that. You can just come to the event if you want to, we got VIP tickets available for a little bit more where you can spend some time having fun goofing off with us, also networking, and enjoying it the day before we hop into things.
Then, there’s a special too. If you’re interested in joining the MasterMIND and taking things up a few notches, you can get a ticket to the event along with – I’m not gonna go to the details – a bunch of goodies, but also a year’s worth of the MasterMIND. So it’s a hell of a deal you’re basically getting to come to the event for free if you check that out.
I’m gonna put the link, or the links are already up there for the live event. So check that out. If you have any questions, shoot us email to [email protected].
All right. I think that is about it. Does anybody else have anything? No?
Bradley: No.
Hernan: I’m good.
Adam: Let’s get into it.
Bradley: All right. Give me one second. In case we need it. No more tofu. All right. Let me grab the screen. Sorry, I was looking at Greg’s image already. Okay. I think we’re good. Are we good? Can you guys see me? Can you see my screen?
Adam: Yes.
Marco: Yep.
Clarifications On Josh Bachynski’s Statement
Bradley: All right. First up is Paul Williams. Yeah. Okay. I’ve read this earlier a couple of days ago, actually, before it was posted, or at least I saw it a couple days ago. Yeah, last week … Oops, sorry guys. Last week or I don’t know if it was last week, it might have been the week before, anyways, somebody had come on to the Hump Day Hangouts and posted a comment about something that they said Josh Bachynski said. I just wanna clarify that we commented on it and engaged with that comment without actually verifying the comment on our own. So, essentially, somebody came and posted and said, “Hey, this happened on somebody else’s show, this is what they said.”
Well, that could be taken out of context, and we did comment on that comment without having verified the comment ourselves and seen it in full context and that was improper on our part. So I just wanna clear the air on that. Semantic Mastery and is by no means trying to pick a fight with anybody. That’s not what we’re about. I think that’s juvenile and I think that reflects poorly on us.
So I want to kind of clarify that. There was no harm intended. I just wanna make sure everybody understands that. There’s not gonna be any fighting in the SEO world between Semantic Mastery and anybody else. Marco has his own opinions and he’s perfectly entitled to it; that’s part of his charm. But I just wanna make it very clear that we were wrong for comment, or at least I feel like we should have at least verified the comment first and foremost and seen it in full context before we said anything at all. I just wanna clarify that.
I know Marco wants to say something about it. Marco, please feel free.
Marco: Yes. At no point did I take whatever was claimed that Josh said as a criticism of Semantic Mastery nor did it get under my skin. I didn’t feel that that was aimed at Semantic Mastery or at anything that we do. If anyone thinks that all we do is drive stacks, then they don’t know Semantic Mastery. There’s no reason for anything to get under my skin. I went after a specific comment, which may or may not have been made. Some say it was said multiple times, whatever, it doesn’t matter now.
I will tell you this: nobody’s going to control my mouth and nobody’s going to tell me what to say or how to say. I say it how it comes out. If it comes out unfiltered, well, fuck it. That’s just the way it is. That’s just the way it comes out. I don’t try to control what I say. I just let it flow, man. If it comes out wrong, well, it just comes out wrong.
I was commenting on something that was said specific and I dealt with that. I’m going to leave it at that. Of course, it was my opinion, not the opinion of Semantic Mastery. It’s what I said. I see at the bottom of that, that Josh said to invite us on the show, well, our email is [email protected], you’re welcome to write to us, invite us, and I’ll be happy to show and we can have a discussion.
But again, nobody is going to control my mouth. That’s just the way it is. I’m unfiltered. That’s how it goes.
Bradley: Amen. D Kard posted a reply, and I appreciate this, D, because he says that, “Essentially, this was just a misunderstanding created by an ignorant person who came on Hump Day Hangouts and didn’t tell the full story, which made everyone angry at Semantic Mastery. The whole facade was due to an ignorant person who couldn’t convey the whole story properly.”
I partially agree, but at the same time, it was also, I think we should have reserved any comment until we had seen the comment ourselves or verified the comment and also in its full context. Again, anything can be taken out of context guys and we reacted to something that could have very well been taken out of context. Again, I wanna apologize for that because that wasn’t very professional, at least as a brand from what I think. Again, what Marco said about the specific comment, that’s fine, but I’m just saying there was no attack there and I just wanted to clarify that.
Again, D, I appreciate your reply here. So thank you very much. But we’re gonna move on. As Marco said, we’re happy, [email protected] for anybody to come on our show at any time and we just accepted the offer to come onto his as well. So let’s make it happen. If somebody wants to debate, and that’s perfectly fine.
What Are Your Thoughts On WP Gutenberg Editor?
Jordan says, “Has anyone taken the new WP Gutenberg editor,” I don’t even what the hell that is, “for a spin yet and did it break anything, namely the Semantic Mastery RSS plugin, Ultimate SEO Plus, or anything else we typically use per SM’s recommendations?”
I don’t even know what this is. Is anybody else familiar with this?
Adam: No. I’m just checking it out myself. I’d heard of it, but it looks like it’s the new editor. I’m sure Jordan could enlighten us and let us know if it’s already live or something. But that’s just the name of the new editor that’s out there.
Bradley: Oh, okay. I saw it inside one of my WordPress sites today about a new editor coming soon.
Adam: Yeah. It looks like it’s kind of going the way of the … I forget what it’s called, but … God, I’m having a total brain fart. But anyways, where you have like content blocks instead of more of the text type editor.
Bradley: Yeah, like a modular page-
Adam: Digital composer. That was what I was trying to think of.
Bradley: Yeah. Visual builder.
Adam: Yeah.
Bradley: Yeah. Okay. I know I haven’t used it yet. Unfortunately, Jordan, no. But I can imagine it’s a … I don’t know. I mean, it might break shit. I don’t know. I can’t imagine why it would though, because, for example, I use Thrive Themes. We just had to update our subscription to that again, which is freaking expensive. I use Thrive Themes for a lot of sites and that’s a modular page builder, and it doesn’t break anything – that I’ve noticed. Like the Syndication still work, the blog post still syndicate. I haven’t seen anything buggy, but I don’t know. We shall see, Jordan. I’m sure you will see reports in the Syndication Academy group if that happens. Okay.
Have You Tried Manipulating Q&A On A GMB And Saw A Difference In Map Rankings?
Brian says, “Anyone in here manipulate the Q&A on GMB and saw a difference in map rankings?” I have not. I haven’t done much with that yet. In fact, I haven’t done a whole lot with Google My Business other than just maintain client properties recently because I’m working on the prospecting and sales side of it to be added to the Local GMB Pro training once I’ve proven the method. First, I have to develop it, which is in progress now, but then I have to prove it, and then I’m gonna share that with Local GMB Pro.
I haven’t done much in there but maybe Marco has. Marco, what do you say?
Marco: Yeah. I mean, it’s one of the things that you have to try. Whether there’s a difference or not, we share our findings inside our Facebook group. We try to keep everything in there as far as what we do inside GMB. Generally, yeah, you can manipulate Q&A and then you could see for yourself whether there’s a difference in map rankings. It’s not that difficult, right? What’s that called? Answer The Public. Go to Answer The Public, get a ton of questions that you could then answer and see if there’s a difference when you do that, see if there’s a difference in map rankings.
Really, Bryon, the whole point behind our GMB training is we don’t care about ranking. We don’t care. It doesn’t make a difference. We concentrate on results. Are we getting phone calls? Are we getting visits to the website? Are we getting direction requests, if you have a brick and mortar or an office where people go? That’s all we care about.
When you’re doing that, you’re getting paid, man. We wanted to give people the ability to do that. Now, as a side effect, let’s call it, of all of this that happens inside GMB, yeah, you will start ranking in the 3-Pack and you will start ranking in organic search.
Bradley: Okay. I locked it on you for a minute because I had to pause the screen because I want to show something. I know this is part of the case study inside Google My–, or excuse me, Local GMB Pro and I just want to point this out because of what Marco just mentioned. I don’t mind showing this.
If we go to Insights here, this is the project that I used as the case study, which, by the way, I’ve got a second case study that I’m gonna be adding in the Local GMB Pro for a contractor, which is awesome because that’s primarily my business, the type of industry that I target. So I’m actually looking forward to that.
This taxi service one was kind of boring for me because it’s not an industry that I have much interest in. Right? But it just worked out that he was a new client right at the time we were launching the Local GMB Pro so I thought it would be a good case study.
But what I wanna point out here, and let me just zoom in very briefly guys, because this is what the point Marco was trying to make, is the fact that, just take a look at this. Look at some of the interactions. He got 16 interactions for the short single term phrase taxi and then 12 interactions in the last 30 days for cab.
Trust me, he’s not ranking for those terms. If you go to Charlottesville, which is where this guy is, where this company is and you search for, or you set your rank tracker to Charlottesville, or any one of those zip codes within the Charlottesville proper or anything like that and use … Because I use BrightLocal and that’s how you set local reports to track for maps, for mobile, and for desktop.
Anyways, you can set the actual search location. That’s not perfect, but it’s better than doing it without setting a specific location. My BrightLocal reports don’t show him ranking anywhere near page two, page three, page four for some of these single phrase keywords. But yet this is absolute proof that in the last month people have been exposed to his business for these short phrases, if you see that.
Again, it has nothing to do with rankings, guys. If you don’t understand what the Local GMB Pro service is or how it produces results, go back and watch one of our webinars where we’ve talked about it – like the launch webinar or whatever – because we go into great detail as to how this works or at least how we know it’s working because it’s producing results.
But it’s not something that can be tracked by regular ranked trackers because it’s pretty much all speaking to the mobile algorithm and to individualized personal search results based upon browsing history, where they’re located, so geolocation and all of that.
Again, it’s very interesting how this stuff works. We’re getting actual exposure and engagement from keywords that we aren’t showing anywhere near page one in the reports. Does that make sense? I wouldn’t even think to track these keywords, to be honest with you, because they’re such short-tailed keywords. In the past, it would be damn near impossible to rank for those, right?
But you can see I’m absolutely getting engagement from those, or this company is anyways. Okay. It’s crazy. Because I, mean, look at this, guys, 81 actions within the last month alone, 29 visits to the website, 51 calls, and one text message chat from only 134 maps exposures. So, I mean, that’s pretty incredible, right?
Marco, do you want to comment on that at all or should I move on?
Marco: No, no, man. We said we were gonna turn SEO on its ear. This is results driven SEO. It’s no longer about ranking; we don’t care. It’s no longer about the 3-pack. We don’t care. It’s all about results. We produce results for clients, clients pay us. ‘Nuff said.
Bradley: Yeah. Again, it’s independent of rankings, guys. Rankings are cool because we’re SEOs. We’d like to see all that and a lot of clients have been conditioned to expect to see ranking in reports too. But I’ve had to re-educate my long-standing clients and my new clients, you know, people that are coming in new, I tell them right off the bat, “Forget about traditional rank trackers, that’s old. Who cares whether you’re ranking or not if nobody’s seen it? Because it’s all mobile algorithm now and it’s mobile indexing first and because of that we should be focused in on mobile data, which Insights is primarily mobile data.
So my point is, if I can show … Remember, Insights is only showing the mobile activity, it’s not showing desktop and laptop activity. So my point is what you’re showing in Insights is actually only a portion of what the type of engagement signals that they should actually be receiving. Because, remember, GMB Insights does not track people that … It might track a click to the website, but if somebody picks up the phone, because they landed on your website and then calls from another phone, unless it’s from their mobile device where it’s a tap to call and Google can now attribute that call directly to either from the search results, from the mobile device directly from the search results, or from a post, a GMB post, or from the website that they can determine that.
But if somebody’s looking on a laptop and they see the maps listings, see the phone number, and then they call from their mobile device that’s not going to track as an engagement signal in GMB Insights if that makes sense.
So my point is the Insights shows so much engagement on mobile but that’s only a portion of the overall engagement or exposure that that business is actually getting because of, like I said, the restrictions on laptop and desktop not being able to track some of the actions that that visitor is taking, if that makes sense. Okay?
Again, it’s one of the most powerful things that I’ve seen. I think it’s incredible how quickly you could generate leads from GMB stuff, guys. So in case you haven’t joined it yet, do so.
Marco: One of the things that I’m constantly harping about in the Facebook group is that you need to be able to track everything just because of what you said. Because if you don’t, then you’re not going to be able to track some of the conversions. Some of them will take place on websites, some of them will take place by other means, but maybe they go and fill out a contact form or whatever. You need to be able to track everything so you can get paid for everything.
Do You See Value In Adding GSites To Keep A Site Active?
Bradley: This is cool. Steve. Okay. Steve says, “I know you have described the Google Plus as a wasteland before, so do you see value in this new addition to G sites to keep the site active possibly via IFTTT?” G sites and there’s links here, guys. That’s interesting because this was just published on July 30th, so literally nine days ago or 10 days ago.
That’s crazy because Google Plus has been absolutely, Google has been pooling Google Plus’s integration with all of their other products. They’ve been doing it over the last two years really. They’ve been pulling it out slowly but surely. For example, you don’t see Google Plus as an option inside of GMB anymore, inside of Google My Business. It doesn’t automatically create a brand page anymore. You actually kind of have to dig around to figure out how to create a brand page now. It’s interesting.
They’ve taken it out of YouTube. They’ve taken it out of just pretty much everything. So it’s interesting to see that just 10 days ago they’re posting an article about adding G Plus streams as a new feature to Google sites.
As I’ve said this before, guys, look, as long as Google Plus is still around, it is still available, I think you should still be using it because it’s still a Google product. If you can integrate it and connect it with all of your other Google products – your Google site, your drive stacks, your Google profile, all of those, your YouTube channel – there’s no reason why you shouldn’t use it because once again you’re just giving Google more of what it wants.
I do think that’s a great idea embedding … Look, I’m not gonna … Marco’s our iFrame genius and we had a discussion in our MasterMIND community, actually the Facebook group specifically about iFrames and how freaking fabulously they’re working. Marco was commenting on that just recently, the last couple days.
Again, that’s because if you’ve got an embedded Google stream, Google Plus stream, then yeah, that’s great because you’re just creating this iFrame tunnel, like picture-in-picture type thing, that’s just Google properties and it ends up creating a loop. As long as you close the loop with your G site iFrames and you can iFrame into it, like add ID pages, we talked about that kind of stuff in the Syndication Academy for the February update webinar. Everybody loves that. We call it the iFrame, local iFrame loop.
All those things are incredibly powerful and it’s because they’re utilizing iFrames. If you can utilize Google iFrames, you’re gonna squeeze a lot of juice out of it.
Do you want to comment on that?
Marco: No, man, that’s perfect.
Bradley: Okay. We’re good. We’re gonna keep moving. Steve, thanks for pointing that out because that’s a pretty cool update. I’m gonna have to play around with that a little bit. Okay.
Armand’s up. He says, “Not sure how I’m ignorant for wanting …” Oh, well, maybe that was Armand that posted that before. “I thought it was a bold claim by Josh to say he could have it shut down in a snap of a finger. I wasn’t trying to make anyone angry, just thought that was interesting.”
Yeah. Armand, I appreciate that. If that was you that posted that last week or whatever, I get that. All I was saying was that I don’t think we should have commented until we had verified the comment on our own. Not that I’m saying you’re lying about it, but I’m saying, again, on our part, we should have verified the comment and listened to maybe the conversation in its entirety before replying. That’s how I should have handled it and I didn’t, and I apologize for that.
I’m not attacking anybody or you, Armand. Just so you know, guys. That’s not how we are. That’s not who we are. Hey, what did I say? Don’t start none, won’t be none. You know what I mean? But thank you. Yeah.
Really, again, Armand, I don’t wanna get into debate about this. Armand came with a comment and we should have verified it before commenting. That’s all there is to it. Okay.
What Are Your Thoughts On Google Loving HTML Sites Over WordPress Pages?
Gordon’s up. He says, “Hey guys. Thank you very much again for your Hump Days help. It’s greatly appreciated.” Well, you’re welcome, Gordon. He says, “I’ve read everywhere for some time that Google loves WordPress and if you want to rank on the first page more easily you must use WordPress. But lately, I’ve been reading that Google now loves HTML sites much better and that is what we should be using. What is the truth?”
Honestly, you can rank either one. It doesn’t matter. I think it’s funny how things come full circle. It used to be HTML, then it became WordPress. The reason why WordPress has ranked so well is because it’s been industry standard for so long. The problem with WordPress though is, especially now with mobile first indexing, is the fact that WordPress sites are typically a hell of a lot slower and there’s a number of factors that affect that. Right? Hosting being one of the primary factors, but there’s a number of factors that cause WordPress pages, even responsive WordPress themes to load slowly.
Since everything is a mobile indexing first algorithm now, that’s what Google search results are based upon mobile indexing first that rolled out at the end of July. Guys, that’s absolute fact now. Because of that HTML sites load incredibly fast. So much faster than WordPress sites, if you don’t know how to optimize for PageSpeed.
I haven’t read anything about that. I don’t know what the debate is about that specifically right now, because I don’t follow that kind of stuff typically, but I imagine that is a very real debate. I can imagine that is going on right now. I can understand why HTML would probably rank better now because PageSpeed is supposedly a ranking factor, and especially more so now because of the mobile indexing first, mobile first index, excuse me.
Again, HTML sites load incredibly quick. I love HTML sites. I use them a lot for, again, for add Id pages and for a lot of one-off stuff. I just create an HTML page because I can edit it in Notepad++ and then just upload it to a server and it loads quickly. It’s simple to maintain and I don’t have to worry about WordPress updates and security issues and all the other shit that goes on with WordPress.
Anybody wanna comment on that?
Marco: Yeah. We have an AMP plugin and its in Facebook and I’m gonna go to the top and it’s called, on our Facebook group it’s called AMP Creators Mastermind. You can get the plug-in from there, the most up-to-date plug-in. There’s also video that details how to use it and how you can do just some really neat tricks with Google. Google will actually give you ideas and advice on what you need to do with your AMP pages to manipulate Google. How good is that?
AMP Creators Mastermind, the plug-in is in there. It’s free. We’re not charging for it. Just ask to join the group and you’ll get access to the plug-in.
Bradley: Yeah. Just to try and kind of finish up on this question, Gordon, you asked, so what should we be using? Honestly, what’s gonna be easier for you? Right? I mean, here’s the thing. WordPress, the nice thing about WordPress and probably why it has become industry standard for so long, is because there’s so much functionality, between the plugins and all that other stuff.
There’s so much functionality that you can add without having to understand coding, or HTML coding, anyways. So, excuse me. That’s probably why it had become industry standard.
Personally, I can’t do HTML sites other than a simple one pager site. Because I don’t know how to add CSS files and all that, I just don’t know how to do all that. I just know basic HTML. So I always just download an HTML template and then just edit it with the content that I need and upload it for single page stuff. And I do a lot of one page stuff with HTML sites, but I don’t know how to build a full-on website out of HTML and I don’t really care to ever learn how to do that either.
Really, Gordon, it’s what should you be using, whatever is easiest for you and your most efficient with. Because WordPress sites can absolutely be sped up to PageSpeed isn’t the issue. Right? I mean, you might have to be a PageSpeed nerd or expert, happen to be able to do that, but there’s lots of those out there. We’ve got several of them in our Mastermind.
I am not a PageSpeed expert. I know how to do a few things to get it good enough. But I know some of our MasterMIND members that, they tweak and tweak and tweak until they get these incredibly fast load times. I just don’t have the patience to do all that. You know what I mean? If get it fast enough to where it loads quick enough, then it’s not going to be an issue. Okay.
Should You Make All Page Updates And Changes At Once Or Should You Do It As Soon As You’re Done With A Page?
That’s a great question though, by the way. All right. Next one is Greg. Greg. What’s up, Greg? He says, “Hey guys. Over the next few weeks, I will do a significant rewriting and editing of all pages on my site enough so that the rankings will dance all over the place. Do you recommend keeping all updates in draft mode as I write and then posting all the changes on the same day? Or post each page’s edits as they are done over a period of the next few weeks which could keep the site dancing much longer? Thanks.”
That’s a good one. I’ve never tested that, Greg. I can tell you how I’ve done that in the past and that was to just publish the updates as they were completed. Because if it’s a site that’s gonna take a few weeks, because of the amount of content that it’s gonna be updated and it’s gonna take a few weeks, I typically just do all the updates or publish the updates as they occur, as I complete them.
Here’s my logic behind that. Although, guys, I have not tested this, and I’m curious to see what the other guys say, but my logic behind doing it, dripping it out as the changes are completed is that Google’s algorithm, if it’s tuned to identify or to notice that changes are being made in sites, which it is, we know that for sure, but it’s being done slowly over time, it’s logical to me that Google would understand that that site is being updated. There’s a lot of content so it’s gonna take time.
As opposed to doing all the changes in draft mode and then making all the updates at once, that seems more like an activity that an SEO would do. At least, that’s my opinion. But again, guys, this is completely conjectured on my opinion at this point, because I have not tested it. I’ve just always done it in a dripped out fashion because of how I feel it to be a logical reason to do that, if that makes sense.
Again, it’s not tested. That’s just my assumption. Anybody here wanna take a different approach or different angle?
Marco: Yeah. I do it all at once as if it were redesigned. That’s how I take it. I’m redesigning the website, maybe I’m doing the silo architecture, or whatever, and so it just goes live all at once.
Bradley: Okay. As far as dancing, have you tested one against the other to see if-?
Marco: No, because I always do it all at once. I don’t like going back or setting it. You have to set the calendar for each one of those to go out or maybe once it’s done, you have to publish it. Instead, you just have everything ready and then you publish all at once. I think it’s a preference. He may be right, he could set his website dancing time after time after time after time. I haven’t tested that.
Bradley: That’s interesting. That’d be an interesting test, Greg. I mean, I don’t know how I would do. It’s funny because Marco does it one way, I’ve done it the other. So I guess to make a choice. We don’t really know which one’s going … Because we haven’t tested it, I don’t wanna give you a false answer as to which has more of a dancing effect or a prolonged dancing effect versus the other. I can’t tell you honestly. But that would be an interesting test at some point.
Marco: I think Hernan was about to chime in.
Bradley: Were you?
Hernan: Yeah. I was about to say that I agree with you guys. I agree with Bradley in that regard. I was just going to say that I agree.
Does Your Subscription Level In Newswire Influence The Local SEO Power Of A Press Release?
Bradley: Okay. Kay Dee says, “When buying press release from newswire, does the subscription level influence its local SEO power? Is a $97 contributor PR sufficient? As seen here. Also, is it safe to use newswire for repeated weekly submissions or is it necessary to mix up the PR providers?”
Okay, great questions. Newswire is fine. There’s nothing wrong with newswire. As far as I know that the subscription levels shouldn’t make any difference – it’s the distribution level. So, if a higher subscription level gives you better distribution, then yes, the higher subscription levels would produce better results, or they should produce better results, because they mean more distribution. Right?
But as far as I know, if you’re talking about newswire.net, then the subscription levels only adjust, it’s the same distribution network, but they just – and again, I hope I have this right – but I think the different subscription levels, it’s all the same distribution network, it’s just the number of press releases that can be submitted within a given month is what is determined by the subscription level, not the number of distribution sites, if that makes sense.
So, if that’s the case, then no. This wouldn’t make any difference at all because you just get the same distribution level as somebody that might have an agency or a journalist, or whatever the different levels are that they say. Right? It’s the same distribution level or network so the same number of sites that it gets republished to. But somebody with a higher subscription level can submit more press releases within a given timeframe if that makes sense. Now again, if you look at the different pricing options and higher subscription levels have more distribution, then yes, it would make a difference. Okay. So really think about it that way. All right.
Is It Safe To Use Newswire For Repeated Weekly Submissions?
“Also, is it safe to use newswire repeatedly for weekly submissions?” Yeah, it is. The only reason why we talked about mixing up PR providers is because, especially if you’re doing PR stacking, well, even if you’re just doing direct press releases to money sites, for example, as your target URLs, like money sites or maps listings and stuff like that, is if you repeatedly hit it over and over again to the same distribution network, there comes a point where there’s diminishing returns.
I don’t know what that point is, when that threshold occurs or what it takes to cross that threshold. But I do know that I’ve experienced through, especially when I was testing all the stuff that we did for Local PR Pro, which is our training on how to do press release stacking and how to use press releases for ranking and the maps pack really, really quickly. Anyways, when I was doing all my testing for that I found that, when I started to vary the distribution networks, so essentially Newswire.net was one of them, PressCable, which was Chris Munch’s, we also have two press release services in Serp Space that we used. So I have two distribution networks there, plus, you know …
So my point is, I’ve used as many as four different distribution networks for a PR stack for one business. So if I’m going to do four press releases, I might use four different distribution networks and then I get a much more diverse backlink profile. Right? There are a number of sites that are gonna be present on almost every distribution network. They’re common because their press cables that are popular and they’re easy access. But every single distribution network are gonna have some of their own unique distribution partners that the others do not.
That’s why I said that’s the only reason why I would recommend that you have, if PRs or press releases is one of your main services that you provide for your business, then I would recommend that you get some subscriptions in some other press release distribution networks so that you have that diversity available. Right?
Guys, I love press release. I think they’re absolutely amazing. I freaking love them. For SEO purposes, I use press releases like they’re going out of style. It’s one of my primary methods for getting results now, is just using press releases. I mean, in addition to the other SM stuff, like Semantic Mastery stuff that we do – drive stacks, syndication networks, now Local GMB Pro. But press releases are my go-to thing, guys, when I need quick movement, when I need backlinks, when I need citations. It’s just super, super powerful. So I use a number of different services, distribution networks, and I recommend that you do as well. Okay.
Marco: One of the things that works really well for me, and I only do this for stuff that really, really matters, is I’ll set up a press release stack the way that we teach in Local PR Pro, and then somewhere along that stack, sometimes the very last one, I’ll hit it with something like PR web. Now guys, before you go, it’s expensive, right? If you choose, I think, the top level is something like 400 bucks, the next one down is nearly 300 bucks, I always choose the next one down from the top. But you get so much exposure and distribution that it’ll help push everything that you’ve done with the PR stack.
Now again, I do this when it’s something, maybe I’ve come across something that’s really difficult but I know that my client is gonna make a ton of money, and so I’ll go and I’ll get one of these releases. Again, PR Web is one and I forget the one owned by, I always forget the name, the one owned by Warren Buffett. They have a press release service. But either one. I mean, you can’t go wrong, but you will have to spend the money. But then again, just charge the client for it.
Bradley: Yeah. Awesome. But yeah, Kay Dee, a great service. I’m telling you. Actually, yeah, this gives me an opportunity real quick to point something out. So I’m developing prospecting funnel. I’ve been working on it for fucking months, man. No kidding, months and months and months. It’s taken so much longer than I planned. But I’m glad though because, it is difficult to set up through trial and error to get it to work, but because of that not many others out there are willing to do it, which means we’re gonna have a unique product that works incredibly well.
I’m teaching everybody in MasterMIND how to do it, how to build these prospecting funnels. The ultimate goal is, once I have it down and, like the prospecting funnel is absolutely working incredibly well, our sales process still sucks for selling, well, it’s still in development, but the prospecting funnel is working incredibly well.
The reason I bring this up is because, actually my outreach campaign, the cold prospecting emails, because we’re using cold outreach emails right now as our primary prospecting method and it’s working like crazy. I’m gonna show you my pipe drive account here in just a moment for the agency that I’ve been testing all this stuff on, which is my own agency, Big Bamboo Marketing. I’ve been targeting specifically tree service contractors.
But the outreach sequence that I’m using, the cold email sequence that I’m using is a modified sequence that I got from PressCable. I’ve just mentioned that I used Chris Munch’s PressCable as one of my distribution networks for press releases and I have a White Label reseller agency account with them. One of the things that they have inside there is … By the way, we should probably get with Chris Munch at some point and do a promo for his PressCable, because I do use it so much, guys. If somebody wants to make a note of that.
Anyways, it’s a good service. He’s got this White Label agency, like email campaign thing in there, that don’t do all the emailing from their servers. I don’t recommend it, though. Here’s why: because, first of all, it’s templated content. Guys, templated content, if it gets used by too many people, well, Google’s servers and mail filters, it will filter it out. It will send it to spam or send it directly to promotional. Because Google has a machine learning, guys. Google will recognize the same message being sent by dozens and dozens of emails, or even hundreds, or even thousands of emails sending from domains and such. So Google will actually start filtering and automatically classifying certain emails as spam.
So inside PressCable, if you use, and I’m not speaking bad about it, I think it’s good, but what I’m saying is, the templates, the email templates are, I guarantee you that most people don’t go in and edit them considerably, which is what you should do. Right? Anytime somebody gives you an email template, a sequence that’s been templated, you should go in and edit it, customize it specific for your business and change the messaging so that it’s specific for your messaging. Because again, then it becomes unique and it won’t get caught up in the spam filters if too many people use it. So that’s number one.
Number two, they also do the mailing from their own sending domains. I found through testing that most of them are undeliverable or they get rejected by web mail hosts or they go to spam or promotional folder. I know because I’ve tested them. So what I did was I actually pulled all the email copy out, edited everything to be more specific to my business, and then I started sending using GMass in my own sending domains through G suite – so Google apps, Google suite. Now I’m using GMass.co which is fabulous. It’s great for cold outreach prospecting emails. I’m using that, plus my own sending domains, which are alias domains in a G suite account. And we’re getting incredible results.
Here, let me show you, just to prove to you, guys. This is from three weeks of mailing. Take a look at this. I know it’s small on your end, but this is from three weeks of consistent mailing as of yesterday. We only mail Monday through Friday. You can see I’ve got 36 active leads in my pipeline right now. All tree services, because I mentioned that I’m targeting specifically tree service companies.
The reason I’m telling you all this is because I’m using the PressCable sequence that’s a modified version of it, specific to my business, where we’re pitching PR services on the front-end. That’s what’s actually filling this pipeline right now. Again, this is from, we started on Tuesday, three weeks ago, we’ve been mailing five days a week for three weeks. We’ve got 36 inbound leads, which is crazy. Right?
This has been, by far, the most successful prospecting method I’ve used. PRs are a great front-end product especially because you can get really quick wins. So that’s kind of what our pitch is on the front-end right now, is using PR or press releases to kind of get their attention. Okay. Anyways, great that you’re doing that. I like to see it when other people are running with something that works and I know that they work. Okay.
This is Dan, right?
Marco: Yeah, it’s Dan.
Bradley: Okay. “Switched everything to liquidweb.” Cool. That’s awesome, Dan. Remember that conversation we had about hosting and Dan was like, “You got an affiliate link?” I think this was last week or maybe two weeks ago, but yeah, that’s awesome. “How can I get the VIP option?” Just reach out at Support. “Along with the VIP ticket, you’re good to go.” That’s right. Okay, cool. Anyways, Adam got you, Dan. We’ll get you squared.
Yeah, that’s what I saw. Okay. I didn’t realize it was called Gutenberg. Thanks, Jordan. Yeah. Let us know what happens.
Dan, that comes up. The GMB keywords will come up. It’s been rolling out. Not all of my GMB listings show that. Most of them do now, but not all of them. So just be patient. You should start seeing that soon. It’s rolling out I think to all GMB Insights reporting. It’s just, like I said, some of my listings don’t have it, but almost all of them do. So just be patient though, you’ll see that soon.
Yeah. Google Plus has had the world’s longest funeral. Yeah. You know what’s funny about that, guys? You could go back to when we first started Hump Day Hangouts, which I think was in 2013. Maybe ‘14? I guess it was '14. Anyways, whenever it was that we started it, and there was people back then, ever since Google Plus, creation there’s been those people out there, the haters, that said Google Plus is dead. I’m not kidding. You can search probably Google right now, Google Plus is dead, and find articles that were posted like in 2012 that says: Google Plus is dead, it’s a ghost town, it’s going by the wayside.
It was funny because for many years, I would see articles pretty fairly consistently, on social media examiner and all these sites and stuff, that were talking about Google Plus is dead and blah, blah, blah. Yet Google was actually incorporating more and more of Google Plus into its algorithm. Again, when Google first started adding the Semantic Web to how its algorithm worked, like Google Plus was to be used as an identity validator. It was a way to validate somebody as a real person because of the connections that they would have on the web.
Why do you think syndication networks work so well? Because it’s very similar to what Google Plus was trying to do by making all of its products integrate with a singular profile, a Google Plus profile. It was a way to validate an identity of person and tie all of those products to that individual person. Right? That’s part of the reason that they did it.
It’s funny because I remember back in 2012 and '13 and '14 when these articles were coming about Google Plus being dead and Google’s killing it off and all that, I was saying, “No, Google’s not gonna kill it off. It’s so much a part of its semantic algorithm now that there’s no way they’re gonna kill it off.” Well, here we are many years later and I see its death, like Wayne said, it’s a very long and slow funeral, or very long and slow death really. It’s not the funeral yet because it’s not completely dead. But it’s like they’ve been on this terminal illness for the last two years.
I remember years ago, and the reason I brought up the Hump Day Hangouts was because I remember debating that on Hump Day Hangouts and me saying, “I don’t think it’ll ever be taken away. Or if it is, it’s gonna be a long time in the future because it’s been so integrated into how Google identifies or validates an identity and ties all of their products together to one specific person.”
But here we are several years later and they have actually started winding it down, but like Wayne mentioned, it’s been at least two years now that they’ve been pulling this stuff out of products and it’s still in progress, if that makes sense. So it’s interesting to see all these years later the prediction that I made, that it wasn’t gonna be removed entirely, or if it did it was going to take a long time, it’s kind of coming to be true. And all those other people that were like, “Oh, it’s dead,” five, six years ago, they were proven wrong. You know what I mean?
Marco: Who was it? It was Steve Cato that gave us that Google blog and the embed Google stream. Because I just got an idea for a webinar on how we can just totally maximize the use of this with everything that we do, not only in RYS Reloaded, but in Google My Business. Steve, if you’re not in either one, I’m going to invite you to the webinar anyway because you gave me the idea. Guys, if you are in, I’m just gonna give you some monster stuff on how you can manipulate this to death.
Bradley: And that’s in GMB Pro?
Marco: This will be a GMB Pro, but I’m gonna invite the RYS Reloaded guys because they can take advantage of it even if they’re not in Google My Business. I’m going to invite Steve Cato for putting that little itch in my brain on how this can be manipu- … I’ve been thinking about this the whole time we’re talking. I’m thinking, “All this shit and I can do this? And I can do this? And we can circle back doing this?” So it’s gonna be fun.
Bradley: We’ll talk about it, but invite the MasterMIND too then.
Marco: Steve, if you’re not in any of our groups or whatever, if you’re not in Facebook, you should at least be in our free group in Facebook, just reach out to me in Messenger and just give me your email address so I can send you an invitation to the webinar. It’ll take me about two, three, four weeks to set it all up, but once it’s done, I’ll make sure you get invited.
Bradley: Sweet. That’s pretty cool. So you guys you get rewarded for educating us, right?
Greg says, “This looked like a fair comparison.” Thanks, Greg. Actually, I’ve got it open over here. I’m gonna scroll through here and take a look. “Reason to choose HTML, my preference.” Yeah. That’s what I was saying. I mean, if I knew how to do, like build whole HTML websites, honestly, I shouldn’t be building websites anymore anyways, I should be outsourcing that. But there are times that I still do build a lot of single HTML pages because I do a lot of SEO stuff with those, so I do a lot of that on my own. Again, I just added it with Notepad++, it’s very simple to do.
But I don’t know how to build full-on websites with HTML. I don’t think I should be, anyways. I just don’t know how to do that. So if I need to build a whole website, then I just select WordPress. But then I do a few PageSpeed optimizations to cut down on load time. But I agree. I think HTML is a better route to go, but it causes a lot of other issues to not have the functionality that WordPress does.
Anyways, thanks, Greg. I appreciate that. Dominic says, he just had a birthday this week. Happy birthday, Dominic. He says, “Thrive Themes is expensive. I thinking I’m dropping them and moving to Divi 3.0 220 a year for an agency, unlimited sites. That sounds great, because I think we paid almost 600 bucks for our agency license, that we just renewed it this week. “Great drag and drop builder. Any thoughts?”
No. I don’t have any thoughts about it, just because I haven’t used Divi. I’m one of the types of people that I hate testing new WordPress themes or developers because they all have their own unique way of doing things and there’s such a learning curve. I don’t know, I’m not a web designer. So for me, there’s always such a learning curve every time I have to learn how to edit a different WordPress developers theme.
I’ve learned over the years, like I’ve used InkThemes, I-N-K Themes, which aren’t even great themes, to be honest with you, but I used them for years. That was my own. If a client wanted me to build them a website, all I would do was send them to the InkThemes marketplace to choose the template that they wanted, the design that they wanted. If they sent back an email saying, “I don’t really like these. Here are some others that I like,” and they pointed out other developers, I would tell them flat out, “Well, that’s fine, but now the web design cost is going up $1,000. Because I’m gonna have to hire somebody else to do the build instead of me because I don’t know how to do those themes and there’s gonna be a huge learning curve, or I would hire somebody else,”
That’s typically what I would do. If somebody had an existing website on a different theme that they wanted to keep or if they had a specific theme that was built by a developer that I didn’t know, or that I had no experience with, which was pretty much everybody else out there besides InkThemes, then I would either charge them to learn how to work on that theme. Or I would go to Upwork and find somebody that was proficient in that specific developer’s theme and then I would hire them to do it. But I would always add in a premium to that web design service specifically for that reason.
By the way, I’m really not very proficient at Thrive Themes either, but I know enough to be able to build some pages and stuff that look decent. Again, Thrive Themes is my, just, Dominic, for your sake, I know I haven’t used Divi, maybe one of the other guys have, if you’re real proficient with WordPress stuff, it might be easy for you, but for me, I’m sure there’s a learning curve that I don’t want to mess with yet.
Marco: It’s all I’m using now and of course Semantic Mastery has a scissor for all that stuff that we need for anything that needs to be coded or whatever else. But yeah, Divi is what I’ve been using for quite a while now.
Bradley: Yeah. Cool. Check it out, I think we’re done with the questions, guys. Yeah. Dan says he’s in Canada, so maybe next year. Yeah. I don’t know, maybe it’s gonna roll out slower in Canada, if you’re talking about the Insights keywords, Dan.
Anyways, guys, all right, I’m gonna wrap it up. Thanks everybody for being here. We’ll see everybody … Oh, we got MasterMIND webinar tomorrow, guys, so be there or be square.
Adam: Outstanding. Just a quick reminder, I wanted to say something before we wrap up, if you saw the emails Leads Recon from Ted Chen, he gave us a heck of a deal for subscribers, I’m gonna put the link on there, but price is going up. I mean, it’s been out for a while and he’s been working on it, it’s like doubling or something, the price tonight at midnight. So last chance to hop in on that if you want. I think between us, we own several licenses already, so I highly recommend this tool for you, if you’re interested in it.
Bradley: Offer leads recon?
Adam: Yeah.
Bradley: Did you drop the link again?
Adam: I’m gonna do that right now. I need to make sure I get the right one.
Bradley: Also, just for people that might not be on the event page, what is it, if you have the slug, at semanticmastery.com/ what? Or is it leadsrecon.com/semanticmastery or something?
Adam: You know what? I am logged in. Give me a 10 seconds here. If everyone can hold on, this is worth it to the people who want to grab it. I’ll make sure we get this right. It is Semantic Mastery-
Bradley: I did a walkthrough webinar of how I use the tool. So if you’re curious about how the tool works and everything, please watch the webinar. It’s a great tool and it’s a lifetime license for $297. I think it’s 297. It’s like 300 bucks.
Adam: Correct. Yeah. It’s going to a yearly and it’s gonna be something like double or triple that.
Bradley: Yeah. I think he said he was going like 697 for a lifetime option, but it’ll be 297 yearly. The lifetime option for 697, I think, is gonna go away soon. Anyways, my point is, if you’re interested in it at all, you can watch the webinar, you’ll see exactly how I use it. It’s great for getting lead data very, very quickly.
I use another tool, I use Lead Kahuna for most scraping. But I hired a VA to do it because Lead Kahuna pulls so much freaking data. It takes a long time to run and it pulls a ton of data. Most of the data we don’t use, but it does pull in a lot of additional data. Whereas Leads Recon is more about getting results very quickly and it doesn’t give you a whole shit ton of unnecessary data. So it runs real quick, it’s efficient, and it’s a good tool. I highly recommend that you check it out. Okay.
Adam: That’s good.
Bradley: All right, guys. We’ll see y'all next week. Thanks.
Adam: Bye everyone.
Marco: Bye.
Weekly Digital Marketing Q&A – Hump Day Hangouts – Episode 196 posted first on http://beyondvapepage.blogspot.com
0 notes
Text
Weekly Digital Marketing Q&A – Hump Day Hangouts – Episode 196
youtube
Click on the video above to watch Episode 196 of the Semantic Mastery Hump Day Hangouts.
Full timestamps with topics and times can be found at the link above.
The latest upcoming free SEO Q&A Hump Day Hangout can be found at http://semanticmastery.com/humpday.
Announcement
Adam: Hey yo! Welcome to Hump Day Hangouts Episode 196. We are live on this awesome 8th of the August, at 4 p.m. Eastern. We got almost the whole crew here today. It looks like Chris is missing. It’s pretty late right where he is, so cut him some slack. But we’ll just go down and say hello to everybody real quick. Hernan, how are you doing today?
Hernan: Hey, what’s up everybody? I’m really good. I’m kind of busy but excited to be here. I’m really excited for POFU Live 2018 as well. Things are coming up nicely, so I’m excited for that.
Adam: We’ll be talking more about that in just a minute. Marco, how are you doing?
Marco: I’m working on POFU, man, each and every day. If you guys knew – I can’t say, I’m sorry, I’m under NDA – what I was working on to just finally rid myself of this fucking bedbug that’s Google, you’d probably, I mean, you’d line up to pay me. But let’s just say we cracked the code and, well, I’m not gonna keep dropping F-bombs this early. Put the children away so I can go unfiltered. But having said that, man, POFU.
Bradley: ‘Nuff said.
Adam: Bradley, how about yourself, man?
Bradley: I’m good. I’m happy to be here. It’s hot as hell in Virginia right now. They’re like stupid hot. Fortunately, I’m in the air conditioning. It gets hot at my office because it’s in the upstairs. I got the fan running and everything, but it’s still hot.
Adam: Yeah. It just keeps getting hotter as the day goes on.
Bradley: Yeah, it sucks. But it’s all right. I’m still happy to be here. So let’s get to it.
Adam: Good deal. Well, real quick, if you’re just joining us for the first time, thanks for showing up. You can always catch these live like right now, or, if you’re watching this on YouTube, obviously, and catch the replay can ask questions and check it out later, whatever floats your boat. If you’re looking for the place to start with Semantic Mastery, we highly recommend the Battle Plan. You can find the link either on the page, again if you’re watching live or on YouTube.
Real quick, Hernan mentioned POFU Live. Hernan, what is this POFU Live bitch that you speak of?
Hernan: Well, POFU Live is gonna be an awesome event. The first event that we’re doing for Semantic Mastery. It’s gonna take place on October 19, 20, and 21st of October in Washington, DC. The entire Semantic Mastery crew is gonna be talking and we have some guest speakers as well. So we’re really excited about that.
The main point of the event is that we’ll help you guys reach in that POFU. Right? We talk about POFU, POFU, POFU, and whatnot. The entire theme of the event is how you reach that position where you can pretty much grow your business, get new clients, get your clients results faster, and how to scale the business that will put you in a POFU pretty, pretty fast.
The main idea is that we try to make it small so that we can kind of tailor the experience to each of you guys that are gonna be attending. So it’s gonna be pretty amazing.
Bradley: Yes. We’re gonna try to create like a three-step process for everybody that attends. Anybody that joins or wants to attend, when you purchase a ticket, you’re gonna get sent a survey, essentially, that you have to complete so that we can kind of tailor based on your specific business model, like what products and services you sell, what’s your target market, that kind of stuff. So that we can help you apply our three-step process, which is find clients, make the sale, fulfill the service scale. I mean, that was, I guess, four, but some of those can be combined. So it’s essentially prospecting, and selling, fulfilling a service, and then scaling.
That’s really what we want to do. That’s why, in part, why we’re trying to keep the number of attendees very, very small. It’s very limited to only 25 people because, obviously, we wouldn’t be able to sit down and literally help develop a plan for your specific business model if we had 200 people in the room.
That’s just part of the reason why we wanted to start our first one with a very small, limited audience, because we really wanna help everybody that comes walk away with the plan specific to their business and what their needs are, what their financial goals are, and what their needs are and all that.
Again, that’s all going to be information that you’re going to add to the survey before you come to the event so that we can have some time to look over and really custom tailor it for your business.
Adam: Definitely. Yeah. I just had a quick conversation this morning with Jeffrey Smith from SEO Design Solutions, from SEO Bootcamp, excuse me, also the SEO Ultimate Plugin, which we highly recommend. I had really good talk with him. I think you might be able to see it on our Facebook page, about a quick chat about what he’s gonna be talking about as a guest speaker at the event and why he’s excited to be there. I highly suggest heading over this Semantic Mastery Facebook page and checking that out.
Real quick too, speaking about the event, so we got some really cool tickets available for that. You can just come to the event if you want to, we got VIP tickets available for a little bit more where you can spend some time having fun goofing off with us, also networking, and enjoying it the day before we hop into things.
Then, there’s a special too. If you’re interested in joining the MasterMIND and taking things up a few notches, you can get a ticket to the event along with – I’m not gonna go to the details – a bunch of goodies, but also a year’s worth of the MasterMIND. So it’s a hell of a deal you’re basically getting to come to the event for free if you check that out.
I’m gonna put the link, or the links are already up there for the live event. So check that out. If you have any questions, shoot us email to [email protected].
All right. I think that is about it. Does anybody else have anything? No?
Bradley: No.
Hernan: I’m good.
Adam: Let’s get into it.
Bradley: All right. Give me one second. In case we need it. No more tofu. All right. Let me grab the screen. Sorry, I was looking at Greg’s image already. Okay. I think we’re good. Are we good? Can you guys see me? Can you see my screen?
Adam: Yes.
Marco: Yep.
Clarifications On Josh Bachynski’s Statement
Bradley: All right. First up is Paul Williams. Yeah. Okay. I’ve read this earlier a couple of days ago, actually, before it was posted, or at least I saw it a couple days ago. Yeah, last week … Oops, sorry guys. Last week or I don’t know if it was last week, it might have been the week before, anyways, somebody had come on to the Hump Day Hangouts and posted a comment about something that they said Josh Bachynski said. I just wanna clarify that we commented on it and engaged with that comment without actually verifying the comment on our own. So, essentially, somebody came and posted and said, “Hey, this happened on somebody else’s show, this is what they said.”
Well, that could be taken out of context, and we did comment on that comment without having verified the comment ourselves and seen it in full context and that was improper on our part. So I just wanna clear the air on that. Semantic Mastery and is by no means trying to pick a fight with anybody. That’s not what we’re about. I think that’s juvenile and I think that reflects poorly on us.
So I want to kind of clarify that. There was no harm intended. I just wanna make sure everybody understands that. There’s not gonna be any fighting in the SEO world between Semantic Mastery and anybody else. Marco has his own opinions and he’s perfectly entitled to it; that’s part of his charm. But I just wanna make it very clear that we were wrong for comment, or at least I feel like we should have at least verified the comment first and foremost and seen it in full context before we said anything at all. I just wanna clarify that.
I know Marco wants to say something about it. Marco, please feel free.
Marco: Yes. At no point did I take whatever was claimed that Josh said as a criticism of Semantic Mastery nor did it get under my skin. I didn’t feel that that was aimed at Semantic Mastery or at anything that we do. If anyone thinks that all we do is drive stacks, then they don’t know Semantic Mastery. There’s no reason for anything to get under my skin. I went after a specific comment, which may or may not have been made. Some say it was said multiple times, whatever, it doesn’t matter now.
I will tell you this: nobody’s going to control my mouth and nobody’s going to tell me what to say or how to say. I say it how it comes out. If it comes out unfiltered, well, fuck it. That’s just the way it is. That’s just the way it comes out. I don’t try to control what I say. I just let it flow, man. If it comes out wrong, well, it just comes out wrong.
I was commenting on something that was said specific and I dealt with that. I’m going to leave it at that. Of course, it was my opinion, not the opinion of Semantic Mastery. It’s what I said. I see at the bottom of that, that Josh said to invite us on the show, well, our email is [email protected], you’re welcome to write to us, invite us, and I’ll be happy to show and we can have a discussion.
But again, nobody is going to control my mouth. That’s just the way it is. I’m unfiltered. That’s how it goes.
Bradley: Amen. D Kard posted a reply, and I appreciate this, D, because he says that, “Essentially, this was just a misunderstanding created by an ignorant person who came on Hump Day Hangouts and didn’t tell the full story, which made everyone angry at Semantic Mastery. The whole facade was due to an ignorant person who couldn’t convey the whole story properly.”
I partially agree, but at the same time, it was also, I think we should have reserved any comment until we had seen the comment ourselves or verified the comment and also in its full context. Again, anything can be taken out of context guys and we reacted to something that could have very well been taken out of context. Again, I wanna apologize for that because that wasn’t very professional, at least as a brand from what I think. Again, what Marco said about the specific comment, that’s fine, but I’m just saying there was no attack there and I just wanted to clarify that.
Again, D, I appreciate your reply here. So thank you very much. But we’re gonna move on. As Marco said, we’re happy, [email protected] for anybody to come on our show at any time and we just accepted the offer to come onto his as well. So let’s make it happen. If somebody wants to debate, and that’s perfectly fine.
What Are Your Thoughts On WP Gutenberg Editor?
Jordan says, “Has anyone taken the new WP Gutenberg editor,” I don’t even what the hell that is, “for a spin yet and did it break anything, namely the Semantic Mastery RSS plugin, Ultimate SEO Plus, or anything else we typically use per SM’s recommendations?”
I don’t even know what this is. Is anybody else familiar with this?
Adam: No. I’m just checking it out myself. I’d heard of it, but it looks like it’s the new editor. I’m sure Jordan could enlighten us and let us know if it’s already live or something. But that’s just the name of the new editor that’s out there.
Bradley: Oh, okay. I saw it inside one of my WordPress sites today about a new editor coming soon.
Adam: Yeah. It looks like it’s kind of going the way of the … I forget what it’s called, but … God, I’m having a total brain fart. But anyways, where you have like content blocks instead of more of the text type editor.
Bradley: Yeah, like a modular page-
Adam: Digital composer. That was what I was trying to think of.
Bradley: Yeah. Visual builder.
Adam: Yeah.
Bradley: Yeah. Okay. I know I haven’t used it yet. Unfortunately, Jordan, no. But I can imagine it’s a … I don’t know. I mean, it might break shit. I don’t know. I can’t imagine why it would though, because, for example, I use Thrive Themes. We just had to update our subscription to that again, which is freaking expensive. I use Thrive Themes for a lot of sites and that’s a modular page builder, and it doesn’t break anything – that I’ve noticed. Like the Syndication still work, the blog post still syndicate. I haven’t seen anything buggy, but I don’t know. We shall see, Jordan. I’m sure you will see reports in the Syndication Academy group if that happens. Okay.
Have You Tried Manipulating Q&A On A GMB And Saw A Difference In Map Rankings?
Brian says, “Anyone in here manipulate the Q&A on GMB and saw a difference in map rankings?” I have not. I haven’t done much with that yet. In fact, I haven’t done a whole lot with Google My Business other than just maintain client properties recently because I’m working on the prospecting and sales side of it to be added to the Local GMB Pro training once I’ve proven the method. First, I have to develop it, which is in progress now, but then I have to prove it, and then I’m gonna share that with Local GMB Pro.
I haven’t done much in there but maybe Marco has. Marco, what do you say?
Marco: Yeah. I mean, it’s one of the things that you have to try. Whether there’s a difference or not, we share our findings inside our Facebook group. We try to keep everything in there as far as what we do inside GMB. Generally, yeah, you can manipulate Q&A and then you could see for yourself whether there’s a difference in map rankings. It’s not that difficult, right? What’s that called? Answer The Public. Go to Answer The Public, get a ton of questions that you could then answer and see if there’s a difference when you do that, see if there’s a difference in map rankings.
Really, Bryon, the whole point behind our GMB training is we don’t care about ranking. We don’t care. It doesn’t make a difference. We concentrate on results. Are we getting phone calls? Are we getting visits to the website? Are we getting direction requests, if you have a brick and mortar or an office where people go? That’s all we care about.
When you’re doing that, you’re getting paid, man. We wanted to give people the ability to do that. Now, as a side effect, let’s call it, of all of this that happens inside GMB, yeah, you will start ranking in the 3-Pack and you will start ranking in organic search.
Bradley: Okay. I locked it on you for a minute because I had to pause the screen because I want to show something. I know this is part of the case study inside Google My–, or excuse me, Local GMB Pro and I just want to point this out because of what Marco just mentioned. I don’t mind showing this.
If we go to Insights here, this is the project that I used as the case study, which, by the way, I’ve got a second case study that I’m gonna be adding in the Local GMB Pro for a contractor, which is awesome because that’s primarily my business, the type of industry that I target. So I’m actually looking forward to that.
This taxi service one was kind of boring for me because it’s not an industry that I have much interest in. Right? But it just worked out that he was a new client right at the time we were launching the Local GMB Pro so I thought it would be a good case study.
But what I wanna point out here, and let me just zoom in very briefly guys, because this is what the point Marco was trying to make, is the fact that, just take a look at this. Look at some of the interactions. He got 16 interactions for the short single term phrase taxi and then 12 interactions in the last 30 days for cab.
Trust me, he’s not ranking for those terms. If you go to Charlottesville, which is where this guy is, where this company is and you search for, or you set your rank tracker to Charlottesville, or any one of those zip codes within the Charlottesville proper or anything like that and use … Because I use BrightLocal and that’s how you set local reports to track for maps, for mobile, and for desktop.
Anyways, you can set the actual search location. That’s not perfect, but it’s better than doing it without setting a specific location. My BrightLocal reports don’t show him ranking anywhere near page two, page three, page four for some of these single phrase keywords. But yet this is absolute proof that in the last month people have been exposed to his business for these short phrases, if you see that.
Again, it has nothing to do with rankings, guys. If you don’t understand what the Local GMB Pro service is or how it produces results, go back and watch one of our webinars where we’ve talked about it – like the launch webinar or whatever – because we go into great detail as to how this works or at least how we know it’s working because it’s producing results.
But it’s not something that can be tracked by regular ranked trackers because it’s pretty much all speaking to the mobile algorithm and to individualized personal search results based upon browsing history, where they’re located, so geolocation and all of that.
Again, it’s very interesting how this stuff works. We’re getting actual exposure and engagement from keywords that we aren’t showing anywhere near page one in the reports. Does that make sense? I wouldn’t even think to track these keywords, to be honest with you, because they’re such short-tailed keywords. In the past, it would be damn near impossible to rank for those, right?
But you can see I’m absolutely getting engagement from those, or this company is anyways. Okay. It’s crazy. Because I, mean, look at this, guys, 81 actions within the last month alone, 29 visits to the website, 51 calls, and one text message chat from only 134 maps exposures. So, I mean, that’s pretty incredible, right?
Marco, do you want to comment on that at all or should I move on?
Marco: No, no, man. We said we were gonna turn SEO on its ear. This is results driven SEO. It’s no longer about ranking; we don’t care. It’s no longer about the 3-pack. We don’t care. It’s all about results. We produce results for clients, clients pay us. ‘Nuff said.
Bradley: Yeah. Again, it’s independent of rankings, guys. Rankings are cool because we’re SEOs. We’d like to see all that and a lot of clients have been conditioned to expect to see ranking in reports too. But I’ve had to re-educate my long-standing clients and my new clients, you know, people that are coming in new, I tell them right off the bat, “Forget about traditional rank trackers, that’s old. Who cares whether you’re ranking or not if nobody’s seen it? Because it’s all mobile algorithm now and it’s mobile indexing first and because of that we should be focused in on mobile data, which Insights is primarily mobile data.
So my point is, if I can show … Remember, Insights is only showing the mobile activity, it’s not showing desktop and laptop activity. So my point is what you’re showing in Insights is actually only a portion of what the type of engagement signals that they should actually be receiving. Because, remember, GMB Insights does not track people that … It might track a click to the website, but if somebody picks up the phone, because they landed on your website and then calls from another phone, unless it’s from their mobile device where it’s a tap to call and Google can now attribute that call directly to either from the search results, from the mobile device directly from the search results, or from a post, a GMB post, or from the website that they can determine that.
But if somebody’s looking on a laptop and they see the maps listings, see the phone number, and then they call from their mobile device that’s not going to track as an engagement signal in GMB Insights if that makes sense.
So my point is the Insights shows so much engagement on mobile but that’s only a portion of the overall engagement or exposure that that business is actually getting because of, like I said, the restrictions on laptop and desktop not being able to track some of the actions that that visitor is taking, if that makes sense. Okay?
Again, it’s one of the most powerful things that I’ve seen. I think it’s incredible how quickly you could generate leads from GMB stuff, guys. So in case you haven’t joined it yet, do so.
Marco: One of the things that I’m constantly harping about in the Facebook group is that you need to be able to track everything just because of what you said. Because if you don’t, then you’re not going to be able to track some of the conversions. Some of them will take place on websites, some of them will take place by other means, but maybe they go and fill out a contact form or whatever. You need to be able to track everything so you can get paid for everything.
Do You See Value In Adding GSites To Keep A Site Active?
Bradley: This is cool. Steve. Okay. Steve says, “I know you have described the Google Plus as a wasteland before, so do you see value in this new addition to G sites to keep the site active possibly via IFTTT?” G sites and there’s links here, guys. That’s interesting because this was just published on July 30th, so literally nine days ago or 10 days ago.
That’s crazy because Google Plus has been absolutely, Google has been pooling Google Plus’s integration with all of their other products. They’ve been doing it over the last two years really. They’ve been pulling it out slowly but surely. For example, you don’t see Google Plus as an option inside of GMB anymore, inside of Google My Business. It doesn’t automatically create a brand page anymore. You actually kind of have to dig around to figure out how to create a brand page now. It’s interesting.
They’ve taken it out of YouTube. They’ve taken it out of just pretty much everything. So it’s interesting to see that just 10 days ago they’re posting an article about adding G Plus streams as a new feature to Google sites.
As I’ve said this before, guys, look, as long as Google Plus is still around, it is still available, I think you should still be using it because it’s still a Google product. If you can integrate it and connect it with all of your other Google products – your Google site, your drive stacks, your Google profile, all of those, your YouTube channel – there’s no reason why you shouldn’t use it because once again you’re just giving Google more of what it wants.
I do think that’s a great idea embedding … Look, I’m not gonna … Marco’s our iFrame genius and we had a discussion in our MasterMIND community, actually the Facebook group specifically about iFrames and how freaking fabulously they’re working. Marco was commenting on that just recently, the last couple days.
Again, that’s because if you’ve got an embedded Google stream, Google Plus stream, then yeah, that’s great because you’re just creating this iFrame tunnel, like picture-in-picture type thing, that’s just Google properties and it ends up creating a loop. As long as you close the loop with your G site iFrames and you can iFrame into it, like add ID pages, we talked about that kind of stuff in the Syndication Academy for the February update webinar. Everybody loves that. We call it the iFrame, local iFrame loop.
All those things are incredibly powerful and it’s because they’re utilizing iFrames. If you can utilize Google iFrames, you’re gonna squeeze a lot of juice out of it.
Do you want to comment on that?
Marco: No, man, that’s perfect.
Bradley: Okay. We’re good. We’re gonna keep moving. Steve, thanks for pointing that out because that’s a pretty cool update. I’m gonna have to play around with that a little bit. Okay.
Armand’s up. He says, “Not sure how I’m ignorant for wanting …” Oh, well, maybe that was Armand that posted that before. “I thought it was a bold claim by Josh to say he could have it shut down in a snap of a finger. I wasn’t trying to make anyone angry, just thought that was interesting.”
Yeah. Armand, I appreciate that. If that was you that posted that last week or whatever, I get that. All I was saying was that I don’t think we should have commented until we had verified the comment on our own. Not that I’m saying you’re lying about it, but I’m saying, again, on our part, we should have verified the comment and listened to maybe the conversation in its entirety before replying. That’s how I should have handled it and I didn’t, and I apologize for that.
I’m not attacking anybody or you, Armand. Just so you know, guys. That’s not how we are. That’s not who we are. Hey, what did I say? Don’t start none, won’t be none. You know what I mean? But thank you. Yeah.
Really, again, Armand, I don’t wanna get into debate about this. Armand came with a comment and we should have verified it before commenting. That’s all there is to it. Okay.
What Are Your Thoughts On Google Loving HTML Sites Over WordPress Pages?
Gordon’s up. He says, “Hey guys. Thank you very much again for your Hump Days help. It’s greatly appreciated.” Well, you’re welcome, Gordon. He says, “I’ve read everywhere for some time that Google loves WordPress and if you want to rank on the first page more easily you must use WordPress. But lately, I’ve been reading that Google now loves HTML sites much better and that is what we should be using. What is the truth?”
Honestly, you can rank either one. It doesn’t matter. I think it’s funny how things come full circle. It used to be HTML, then it became WordPress. The reason why WordPress has ranked so well is because it’s been industry standard for so long. The problem with WordPress though is, especially now with mobile first indexing, is the fact that WordPress sites are typically a hell of a lot slower and there’s a number of factors that affect that. Right? Hosting being one of the primary factors, but there’s a number of factors that cause WordPress pages, even responsive WordPress themes to load slowly.
Since everything is a mobile indexing first algorithm now, that’s what Google search results are based upon mobile indexing first that rolled out at the end of July. Guys, that’s absolute fact now. Because of that HTML sites load incredibly fast. So much faster than WordPress sites, if you don’t know how to optimize for PageSpeed.
I haven’t read anything about that. I don’t know what the debate is about that specifically right now, because I don’t follow that kind of stuff typically, but I imagine that is a very real debate. I can imagine that is going on right now. I can understand why HTML would probably rank better now because PageSpeed is supposedly a ranking factor, and especially more so now because of the mobile indexing first, mobile first index, excuse me.
Again, HTML sites load incredibly quick. I love HTML sites. I use them a lot for, again, for add Id pages and for a lot of one-off stuff. I just create an HTML page because I can edit it in Notepad++ and then just upload it to a server and it loads quickly. It’s simple to maintain and I don’t have to worry about WordPress updates and security issues and all the other shit that goes on with WordPress.
Anybody wanna comment on that?
Marco: Yeah. We have an AMP plugin and its in Facebook and I’m gonna go to the top and it’s called, on our Facebook group it’s called AMP Creators Mastermind. You can get the plug-in from there, the most up-to-date plug-in. There’s also video that details how to use it and how you can do just some really neat tricks with Google. Google will actually give you ideas and advice on what you need to do with your AMP pages to manipulate Google. How good is that?
AMP Creators Mastermind, the plug-in is in there. It’s free. We’re not charging for it. Just ask to join the group and you’ll get access to the plug-in.
Bradley: Yeah. Just to try and kind of finish up on this question, Gordon, you asked, so what should we be using? Honestly, what’s gonna be easier for you? Right? I mean, here’s the thing. WordPress, the nice thing about WordPress and probably why it has become industry standard for so long, is because there’s so much functionality, between the plugins and all that other stuff.
There’s so much functionality that you can add without having to understand coding, or HTML coding, anyways. So, excuse me. That’s probably why it had become industry standard.
Personally, I can’t do HTML sites other than a simple one pager site. Because I don’t know how to add CSS files and all that, I just don’t know how to do all that. I just know basic HTML. So I always just download an HTML template and then just edit it with the content that I need and upload it for single page stuff. And I do a lot of one page stuff with HTML sites, but I don’t know how to build a full-on website out of HTML and I don’t really care to ever learn how to do that either.
Really, Gordon, it’s what should you be using, whatever is easiest for you and your most efficient with. Because WordPress sites can absolutely be sped up to PageSpeed isn’t the issue. Right? I mean, you might have to be a PageSpeed nerd or expert, happen to be able to do that, but there’s lots of those out there. We’ve got several of them in our Mastermind.
I am not a PageSpeed expert. I know how to do a few things to get it good enough. But I know some of our MasterMIND members that, they tweak and tweak and tweak until they get these incredibly fast load times. I just don’t have the patience to do all that. You know what I mean? If get it fast enough to where it loads quick enough, then it’s not going to be an issue. Okay.
Should You Make All Page Updates And Changes At Once Or Should You Do It As Soon As You’re Done With A Page?
That’s a great question though, by the way. All right. Next one is Greg. Greg. What’s up, Greg? He says, “Hey guys. Over the next few weeks, I will do a significant rewriting and editing of all pages on my site enough so that the rankings will dance all over the place. Do you recommend keeping all updates in draft mode as I write and then posting all the changes on the same day? Or post each page’s edits as they are done over a period of the next few weeks which could keep the site dancing much longer? Thanks.”
That’s a good one. I’ve never tested that, Greg. I can tell you how I’ve done that in the past and that was to just publish the updates as they were completed. Because if it’s a site that’s gonna take a few weeks, because of the amount of content that it’s gonna be updated and it’s gonna take a few weeks, I typically just do all the updates or publish the updates as they occur, as I complete them.
Here’s my logic behind that. Although, guys, I have not tested this, and I’m curious to see what the other guys say, but my logic behind doing it, dripping it out as the changes are completed is that Google’s algorithm, if it’s tuned to identify or to notice that changes are being made in sites, which it is, we know that for sure, but it’s being done slowly over time, it’s logical to me that Google would understand that that site is being updated. There’s a lot of content so it’s gonna take time.
As opposed to doing all the changes in draft mode and then making all the updates at once, that seems more like an activity that an SEO would do. At least, that’s my opinion. But again, guys, this is completely conjectured on my opinion at this point, because I have not tested it. I’ve just always done it in a dripped out fashion because of how I feel it to be a logical reason to do that, if that makes sense.
Again, it’s not tested. That’s just my assumption. Anybody here wanna take a different approach or different angle?
Marco: Yeah. I do it all at once as if it were redesigned. That’s how I take it. I’m redesigning the website, maybe I’m doing the silo architecture, or whatever, and so it just goes live all at once.
Bradley: Okay. As far as dancing, have you tested one against the other to see if-?
Marco: No, because I always do it all at once. I don’t like going back or setting it. You have to set the calendar for each one of those to go out or maybe once it’s done, you have to publish it. Instead, you just have everything ready and then you publish all at once. I think it’s a preference. He may be right, he could set his website dancing time after time after time after time. I haven’t tested that.
Bradley: That’s interesting. That’d be an interesting test, Greg. I mean, I don’t know how I would do. It’s funny because Marco does it one way, I’ve done it the other. So I guess to make a choice. We don’t really know which one’s going … Because we haven’t tested it, I don’t wanna give you a false answer as to which has more of a dancing effect or a prolonged dancing effect versus the other. I can’t tell you honestly. But that would be an interesting test at some point.
Marco: I think Hernan was about to chime in.
Bradley: Were you?
Hernan: Yeah. I was about to say that I agree with you guys. I agree with Bradley in that regard. I was just going to say that I agree.
Does Your Subscription Level In Newswire Influence The Local SEO Power Of A Press Release?
Bradley: Okay. Kay Dee says, “When buying press release from newswire, does the subscription level influence its local SEO power? Is a $97 contributor PR sufficient? As seen here. Also, is it safe to use newswire for repeated weekly submissions or is it necessary to mix up the PR providers?”
Okay, great questions. Newswire is fine. There’s nothing wrong with newswire. As far as I know that the subscription levels shouldn’t make any difference – it’s the distribution level. So, if a higher subscription level gives you better distribution, then yes, the higher subscription levels would produce better results, or they should produce better results, because they mean more distribution. Right?
But as far as I know, if you’re talking about newswire.net, then the subscription levels only adjust, it’s the same distribution network, but they just – and again, I hope I have this right – but I think the different subscription levels, it’s all the same distribution network, it’s just the number of press releases that can be submitted within a given month is what is determined by the subscription level, not the number of distribution sites, if that makes sense.
So, if that’s the case, then no. This wouldn’t make any difference at all because you just get the same distribution level as somebody that might have an agency or a journalist, or whatever the different levels are that they say. Right? It’s the same distribution level or network so the same number of sites that it gets republished to. But somebody with a higher subscription level can submit more press releases within a given timeframe if that makes sense. Now again, if you look at the different pricing options and higher subscription levels have more distribution, then yes, it would make a difference. Okay. So really think about it that way. All right.
Is It Safe To Use Newswire For Repeated Weekly Submissions?
“Also, is it safe to use newswire repeatedly for weekly submissions?” Yeah, it is. The only reason why we talked about mixing up PR providers is because, especially if you’re doing PR stacking, well, even if you’re just doing direct press releases to money sites, for example, as your target URLs, like money sites or maps listings and stuff like that, is if you repeatedly hit it over and over again to the same distribution network, there comes a point where there’s diminishing returns.
I don’t know what that point is, when that threshold occurs or what it takes to cross that threshold. But I do know that I’ve experienced through, especially when I was testing all the stuff that we did for Local PR Pro, which is our training on how to do press release stacking and how to use press releases for ranking and the maps pack really, really quickly. Anyways, when I was doing all my testing for that I found that, when I started to vary the distribution networks, so essentially Newswire.net was one of them, PressCable, which was Chris Munch’s, we also have two press release services in Serp Space that we used. So I have two distribution networks there, plus, you know …
So my point is, I’ve used as many as four different distribution networks for a PR stack for one business. So if I’m going to do four press releases, I might use four different distribution networks and then I get a much more diverse backlink profile. Right? There are a number of sites that are gonna be present on almost every distribution network. They’re common because their press cables that are popular and they’re easy access. But every single distribution network are gonna have some of their own unique distribution partners that the others do not.
That’s why I said that’s the only reason why I would recommend that you have, if PRs or press releases is one of your main services that you provide for your business, then I would recommend that you get some subscriptions in some other press release distribution networks so that you have that diversity available. Right?
Guys, I love press release. I think they’re absolutely amazing. I freaking love them. For SEO purposes, I use press releases like they’re going out of style. It’s one of my primary methods for getting results now, is just using press releases. I mean, in addition to the other SM stuff, like Semantic Mastery stuff that we do – drive stacks, syndication networks, now Local GMB Pro. But press releases are my go-to thing, guys, when I need quick movement, when I need backlinks, when I need citations. It’s just super, super powerful. So I use a number of different services, distribution networks, and I recommend that you do as well. Okay.
Marco: One of the things that works really well for me, and I only do this for stuff that really, really matters, is I’ll set up a press release stack the way that we teach in Local PR Pro, and then somewhere along that stack, sometimes the very last one, I’ll hit it with something like PR web. Now guys, before you go, it’s expensive, right? If you choose, I think, the top level is something like 400 bucks, the next one down is nearly 300 bucks, I always choose the next one down from the top. But you get so much exposure and distribution that it’ll help push everything that you’ve done with the PR stack.
Now again, I do this when it’s something, maybe I’ve come across something that’s really difficult but I know that my client is gonna make a ton of money, and so I’ll go and I’ll get one of these releases. Again, PR Web is one and I forget the one owned by, I always forget the name, the one owned by Warren Buffett. They have a press release service. But either one. I mean, you can’t go wrong, but you will have to spend the money. But then again, just charge the client for it.
Bradley: Yeah. Awesome. But yeah, Kay Dee, a great service. I’m telling you. Actually, yeah, this gives me an opportunity real quick to point something out. So I’m developing prospecting funnel. I’ve been working on it for fucking months, man. No kidding, months and months and months. It’s taken so much longer than I planned. But I’m glad though because, it is difficult to set up through trial and error to get it to work, but because of that not many others out there are willing to do it, which means we’re gonna have a unique product that works incredibly well.
I’m teaching everybody in MasterMIND how to do it, how to build these prospecting funnels. The ultimate goal is, once I have it down and, like the prospecting funnel is absolutely working incredibly well, our sales process still sucks for selling, well, it’s still in development, but the prospecting funnel is working incredibly well.
The reason I bring this up is because, actually my outreach campaign, the cold prospecting emails, because we’re using cold outreach emails right now as our primary prospecting method and it’s working like crazy. I’m gonna show you my pipe drive account here in just a moment for the agency that I’ve been testing all this stuff on, which is my own agency, Big Bamboo Marketing. I’ve been targeting specifically tree service contractors.
But the outreach sequence that I’m using, the cold email sequence that I’m using is a modified sequence that I got from PressCable. I’ve just mentioned that I used Chris Munch’s PressCable as one of my distribution networks for press releases and I have a White Label reseller agency account with them. One of the things that they have inside there is … By the way, we should probably get with Chris Munch at some point and do a promo for his PressCable, because I do use it so much, guys. If somebody wants to make a note of that.
Anyways, it’s a good service. He’s got this White Label agency, like email campaign thing in there, that don’t do all the emailing from their servers. I don’t recommend it, though. Here’s why: because, first of all, it’s templated content. Guys, templated content, if it gets used by too many people, well, Google’s servers and mail filters, it will filter it out. It will send it to spam or send it directly to promotional. Because Google has a machine learning, guys. Google will recognize the same message being sent by dozens and dozens of emails, or even hundreds, or even thousands of emails sending from domains and such. So Google will actually start filtering and automatically classifying certain emails as spam.
So inside PressCable, if you use, and I’m not speaking bad about it, I think it’s good, but what I’m saying is, the templates, the email templates are, I guarantee you that most people don’t go in and edit them considerably, which is what you should do. Right? Anytime somebody gives you an email template, a sequence that’s been templated, you should go in and edit it, customize it specific for your business and change the messaging so that it’s specific for your messaging. Because again, then it becomes unique and it won’t get caught up in the spam filters if too many people use it. So that’s number one.
Number two, they also do the mailing from their own sending domains. I found through testing that most of them are undeliverable or they get rejected by web mail hosts or they go to spam or promotional folder. I know because I’ve tested them. So what I did was I actually pulled all the email copy out, edited everything to be more specific to my business, and then I started sending using GMass in my own sending domains through G suite – so Google apps, Google suite. Now I’m using GMass.co which is fabulous. It’s great for cold outreach prospecting emails. I’m using that, plus my own sending domains, which are alias domains in a G suite account. And we’re getting incredible results.
Here, let me show you, just to prove to you, guys. This is from three weeks of mailing. Take a look at this. I know it’s small on your end, but this is from three weeks of consistent mailing as of yesterday. We only mail Monday through Friday. You can see I’ve got 36 active leads in my pipeline right now. All tree services, because I mentioned that I’m targeting specifically tree service companies.
The reason I’m telling you all this is because I’m using the PressCable sequence that’s a modified version of it, specific to my business, where we’re pitching PR services on the front-end. That’s what’s actually filling this pipeline right now. Again, this is from, we started on Tuesday, three weeks ago, we’ve been mailing five days a week for three weeks. We’ve got 36 inbound leads, which is crazy. Right?
This has been, by far, the most successful prospecting method I’ve used. PRs are a great front-end product especially because you can get really quick wins. So that’s kind of what our pitch is on the front-end right now, is using PR or press releases to kind of get their attention. Okay. Anyways, great that you’re doing that. I like to see it when other people are running with something that works and I know that they work. Okay.
This is Dan, right?
Marco: Yeah, it’s Dan.
Bradley: Okay. “Switched everything to liquidweb.” Cool. That’s awesome, Dan. Remember that conversation we had about hosting and Dan was like, “You got an affiliate link?” I think this was last week or maybe two weeks ago, but yeah, that’s awesome. “How can I get the VIP option?” Just reach out at Support. “Along with the VIP ticket, you’re good to go.” That’s right. Okay, cool. Anyways, Adam got you, Dan. We’ll get you squared.
Yeah, that’s what I saw. Okay. I didn’t realize it was called Gutenberg. Thanks, Jordan. Yeah. Let us know what happens.
Dan, that comes up. The GMB keywords will come up. It’s been rolling out. Not all of my GMB listings show that. Most of them do now, but not all of them. So just be patient. You should start seeing that soon. It’s rolling out I think to all GMB Insights reporting. It’s just, like I said, some of my listings don’t have it, but almost all of them do. So just be patient though, you’ll see that soon.
Yeah. Google Plus has had the world’s longest funeral. Yeah. You know what’s funny about that, guys? You could go back to when we first started Hump Day Hangouts, which I think was in 2013. Maybe ‘14? I guess it was '14. Anyways, whenever it was that we started it, and there was people back then, ever since Google Plus, creation there’s been those people out there, the haters, that said Google Plus is dead. I’m not kidding. You can search probably Google right now, Google Plus is dead, and find articles that were posted like in 2012 that says: Google Plus is dead, it’s a ghost town, it’s going by the wayside.
It was funny because for many years, I would see articles pretty fairly consistently, on social media examiner and all these sites and stuff, that were talking about Google Plus is dead and blah, blah, blah. Yet Google was actually incorporating more and more of Google Plus into its algorithm. Again, when Google first started adding the Semantic Web to how its algorithm worked, like Google Plus was to be used as an identity validator. It was a way to validate somebody as a real person because of the connections that they would have on the web.
Why do you think syndication networks work so well? Because it’s very similar to what Google Plus was trying to do by making all of its products integrate with a singular profile, a Google Plus profile. It was a way to validate an identity of person and tie all of those products to that individual person. Right? That’s part of the reason that they did it.
It’s funny because I remember back in 2012 and '13 and '14 when these articles were coming about Google Plus being dead and Google’s killing it off and all that, I was saying, “No, Google’s not gonna kill it off. It’s so much a part of its semantic algorithm now that there’s no way they’re gonna kill it off.” Well, here we are many years later and I see its death, like Wayne said, it’s a very long and slow funeral, or very long and slow death really. It’s not the funeral yet because it’s not completely dead. But it’s like they’ve been on this terminal illness for the last two years.
I remember years ago, and the reason I brought up the Hump Day Hangouts was because I remember debating that on Hump Day Hangouts and me saying, “I don’t think it’ll ever be taken away. Or if it is, it’s gonna be a long time in the future because it’s been so integrated into how Google identifies or validates an identity and ties all of their products together to one specific person.”
But here we are several years later and they have actually started winding it down, but like Wayne mentioned, it’s been at least two years now that they’ve been pulling this stuff out of products and it’s still in progress, if that makes sense. So it’s interesting to see all these years later the prediction that I made, that it wasn’t gonna be removed entirely, or if it did it was going to take a long time, it’s kind of coming to be true. And all those other people that were like, “Oh, it’s dead,” five, six years ago, they were proven wrong. You know what I mean?
Marco: Who was it? It was Steve Cato that gave us that Google blog and the embed Google stream. Because I just got an idea for a webinar on how we can just totally maximize the use of this with everything that we do, not only in RYS Reloaded, but in Google My Business. Steve, if you’re not in either one, I’m going to invite you to the webinar anyway because you gave me the idea. Guys, if you are in, I’m just gonna give you some monster stuff on how you can manipulate this to death.
Bradley: And that’s in GMB Pro?
Marco: This will be a GMB Pro, but I’m gonna invite the RYS Reloaded guys because they can take advantage of it even if they’re not in Google My Business. I’m going to invite Steve Cato for putting that little itch in my brain on how this can be manipu- … I’ve been thinking about this the whole time we’re talking. I’m thinking, “All this shit and I can do this? And I can do this? And we can circle back doing this?” So it’s gonna be fun.
Bradley: We’ll talk about it, but invite the MasterMIND too then.
Marco: Steve, if you’re not in any of our groups or whatever, if you’re not in Facebook, you should at least be in our free group in Facebook, just reach out to me in Messenger and just give me your email address so I can send you an invitation to the webinar. It’ll take me about two, three, four weeks to set it all up, but once it’s done, I’ll make sure you get invited.
Bradley: Sweet. That’s pretty cool. So you guys you get rewarded for educating us, right?
Greg says, “This looked like a fair comparison.” Thanks, Greg. Actually, I’ve got it open over here. I’m gonna scroll through here and take a look. “Reason to choose HTML, my preference.” Yeah. That’s what I was saying. I mean, if I knew how to do, like build whole HTML websites, honestly, I shouldn’t be building websites anymore anyways, I should be outsourcing that. But there are times that I still do build a lot of single HTML pages because I do a lot of SEO stuff with those, so I do a lot of that on my own. Again, I just added it with Notepad++, it’s very simple to do.
But I don’t know how to build full-on websites with HTML. I don’t think I should be, anyways. I just don’t know how to do that. So if I need to build a whole website, then I just select WordPress. But then I do a few PageSpeed optimizations to cut down on load time. But I agree. I think HTML is a better route to go, but it causes a lot of other issues to not have the functionality that WordPress does.
Anyways, thanks, Greg. I appreciate that. Dominic says, he just had a birthday this week. Happy birthday, Dominic. He says, “Thrive Themes is expensive. I thinking I’m dropping them and moving to Divi 3.0 220 a year for an agency, unlimited sites. That sounds great, because I think we paid almost 600 bucks for our agency license, that we just renewed it this week. “Great drag and drop builder. Any thoughts?”
No. I don’t have any thoughts about it, just because I haven’t used Divi. I’m one of the types of people that I hate testing new WordPress themes or developers because they all have their own unique way of doing things and there’s such a learning curve. I don’t know, I’m not a web designer. So for me, there’s always such a learning curve every time I have to learn how to edit a different WordPress developers theme.
I’ve learned over the years, like I’ve used InkThemes, I-N-K Themes, which aren’t even great themes, to be honest with you, but I used them for years. That was my own. If a client wanted me to build them a website, all I would do was send them to the InkThemes marketplace to choose the template that they wanted, the design that they wanted. If they sent back an email saying, “I don’t really like these. Here are some others that I like,” and they pointed out other developers, I would tell them flat out, “Well, that’s fine, but now the web design cost is going up $1,000. Because I’m gonna have to hire somebody else to do the build instead of me because I don’t know how to do those themes and there’s gonna be a huge learning curve, or I would hire somebody else,”
That’s typically what I would do. If somebody had an existing website on a different theme that they wanted to keep or if they had a specific theme that was built by a developer that I didn’t know, or that I had no experience with, which was pretty much everybody else out there besides InkThemes, then I would either charge them to learn how to work on that theme. Or I would go to Upwork and find somebody that was proficient in that specific developer’s theme and then I would hire them to do it. But I would always add in a premium to that web design service specifically for that reason.
By the way, I’m really not very proficient at Thrive Themes either, but I know enough to be able to build some pages and stuff that look decent. Again, Thrive Themes is my, just, Dominic, for your sake, I know I haven’t used Divi, maybe one of the other guys have, if you’re real proficient with WordPress stuff, it might be easy for you, but for me, I’m sure there’s a learning curve that I don’t want to mess with yet.
Marco: It’s all I’m using now and of course Semantic Mastery has a scissor for all that stuff that we need for anything that needs to be coded or whatever else. But yeah, Divi is what I’ve been using for quite a while now.
Bradley: Yeah. Cool. Check it out, I think we’re done with the questions, guys. Yeah. Dan says he’s in Canada, so maybe next year. Yeah. I don’t know, maybe it’s gonna roll out slower in Canada, if you’re talking about the Insights keywords, Dan.
Anyways, guys, all right, I’m gonna wrap it up. Thanks everybody for being here. We’ll see everybody … Oh, we got MasterMIND webinar tomorrow, guys, so be there or be square.
Adam: Outstanding. Just a quick reminder, I wanted to say something before we wrap up, if you saw the emails Leads Recon from Ted Chen, he gave us a heck of a deal for subscribers, I’m gonna put the link on there, but price is going up. I mean, it’s been out for a while and he’s been working on it, it’s like doubling or something, the price tonight at midnight. So last chance to hop in on that if you want. I think between us, we own several licenses already, so I highly recommend this tool for you, if you’re interested in it.
Bradley: Offer leads recon?
Adam: Yeah.
Bradley: Did you drop the link again?
Adam: I’m gonna do that right now. I need to make sure I get the right one.
Bradley: Also, just for people that might not be on the event page, what is it, if you have the slug, at semanticmastery.com/ what? Or is it leadsrecon.com/semanticmastery or something?
Adam: You know what? I am logged in. Give me a 10 seconds here. If everyone can hold on, this is worth it to the people who want to grab it. I’ll make sure we get this right. It is Semantic Mastery-
Bradley: I did a walkthrough webinar of how I use the tool. So if you’re curious about how the tool works and everything, please watch the webinar. It’s a great tool and it’s a lifetime license for $297. I think it’s 297. It’s like 300 bucks.
Adam: Correct. Yeah. It’s going to a yearly and it’s gonna be something like double or triple that.
Bradley: Yeah. I think he said he was going like 697 for a lifetime option, but it’ll be 297 yearly. The lifetime option for 697, I think, is gonna go away soon. Anyways, my point is, if you’re interested in it at all, you can watch the webinar, you’ll see exactly how I use it. It’s great for getting lead data very, very quickly.
I use another tool, I use Lead Kahuna for most scraping. But I hired a VA to do it because Lead Kahuna pulls so much freaking data. It takes a long time to run and it pulls a ton of data. Most of the data we don’t use, but it does pull in a lot of additional data. Whereas Leads Recon is more about getting results very quickly and it doesn’t give you a whole shit ton of unnecessary data. So it runs real quick, it’s efficient, and it’s a good tool. I highly recommend that you check it out. Okay.
Adam: That’s good.
Bradley: All right, guys. We’ll see y'all next week. Thanks.
Adam: Bye everyone.
Marco: Bye.
Weekly Digital Marketing Q&A – Hump Day Hangouts – Episode 196 published first on your-t1-blog-url
0 notes
Text
Weekly Digital Marketing Q&A – Hump Day Hangouts – Episode 196
youtube
Click on the video above to watch Episode 196 of the Semantic Mastery Hump Day Hangouts.
Full timestamps with topics and times can be found at the link above.
The latest upcoming free SEO Q&A Hump Day Hangout can be found at http://semanticmastery.com/humpday.
Announcement
Adam: Hey yo! Welcome to Hump Day Hangouts Episode 196. We are live on this awesome 8th of the August, at 4 p.m. Eastern. We got almost the whole crew here today. It looks like Chris is missing. It’s pretty late right where he is, so cut him some slack. But we’ll just go down and say hello to everybody real quick. Hernan, how are you doing today?
Hernan: Hey, what’s up everybody? I’m really good. I’m kind of busy but excited to be here. I’m really excited for POFU Live 2018 as well. Things are coming up nicely, so I’m excited for that.
Adam: We’ll be talking more about that in just a minute. Marco, how are you doing?
Marco: I’m working on POFU, man, each and every day. If you guys knew – I can’t say, I’m sorry, I’m under NDA – what I was working on to just finally rid myself of this fucking bedbug that’s Google, you’d probably, I mean, you’d line up to pay me. But let’s just say we cracked the code and, well, I’m not gonna keep dropping F-bombs this early. Put the children away so I can go unfiltered. But having said that, man, POFU.
Bradley: ‘Nuff said.
Adam: Bradley, how about yourself, man?
Bradley: I’m good. I’m happy to be here. It’s hot as hell in Virginia right now. They’re like stupid hot. Fortunately, I’m in the air conditioning. It gets hot at my office because it’s in the upstairs. I got the fan running and everything, but it’s still hot.
Adam: Yeah. It just keeps getting hotter as the day goes on.
Bradley: Yeah, it sucks. But it’s all right. I’m still happy to be here. So let’s get to it.
Adam: Good deal. Well, real quick, if you’re just joining us for the first time, thanks for showing up. You can always catch these live like right now, or, if you’re watching this on YouTube, obviously, and catch the replay can ask questions and check it out later, whatever floats your boat. If you’re looking for the place to start with Semantic Mastery, we highly recommend the Battle Plan. You can find the link either on the page, again if you’re watching live or on YouTube.
Real quick, Hernan mentioned POFU Live. Hernan, what is this POFU Live bitch that you speak of?
Hernan: Well, POFU Live is gonna be an awesome event. The first event that we’re doing for Semantic Mastery. It’s gonna take place on October 19, 20, and 21st of October in Washington, DC. The entire Semantic Mastery crew is gonna be talking and we have some guest speakers as well. So we’re really excited about that.
The main point of the event is that we’ll help you guys reach in that POFU. Right? We talk about POFU, POFU, POFU, and whatnot. The entire theme of the event is how you reach that position where you can pretty much grow your business, get new clients, get your clients results faster, and how to scale the business that will put you in a POFU pretty, pretty fast.
The main idea is that we try to make it small so that we can kind of tailor the experience to each of you guys that are gonna be attending. So it’s gonna be pretty amazing.
Bradley: Yes. We’re gonna try to create like a three-step process for everybody that attends. Anybody that joins or wants to attend, when you purchase a ticket, you’re gonna get sent a survey, essentially, that you have to complete so that we can kind of tailor based on your specific business model, like what products and services you sell, what’s your target market, that kind of stuff. So that we can help you apply our three-step process, which is find clients, make the sale, fulfill the service scale. I mean, that was, I guess, four, but some of those can be combined. So it’s essentially prospecting, and selling, fulfilling a service, and then scaling.
That’s really what we want to do. That’s why, in part, why we’re trying to keep the number of attendees very, very small. It’s very limited to only 25 people because, obviously, we wouldn’t be able to sit down and literally help develop a plan for your specific business model if we had 200 people in the room.
That’s just part of the reason why we wanted to start our first one with a very small, limited audience, because we really wanna help everybody that comes walk away with the plan specific to their business and what their needs are, what their financial goals are, and what their needs are and all that.
Again, that’s all going to be information that you’re going to add to the survey before you come to the event so that we can have some time to look over and really custom tailor it for your business.
Adam: Definitely. Yeah. I just had a quick conversation this morning with Jeffrey Smith from SEO Design Solutions, from SEO Bootcamp, excuse me, also the SEO Ultimate Plugin, which we highly recommend. I had really good talk with him. I think you might be able to see it on our Facebook page, about a quick chat about what he’s gonna be talking about as a guest speaker at the event and why he’s excited to be there. I highly suggest heading over this Semantic Mastery Facebook page and checking that out.
Real quick too, speaking about the event, so we got some really cool tickets available for that. You can just come to the event if you want to, we got VIP tickets available for a little bit more where you can spend some time having fun goofing off with us, also networking, and enjoying it the day before we hop into things.
Then, there’s a special too. If you’re interested in joining the MasterMIND and taking things up a few notches, you can get a ticket to the event along with – I’m not gonna go to the details – a bunch of goodies, but also a year’s worth of the MasterMIND. So it’s a hell of a deal you’re basically getting to come to the event for free if you check that out.
I’m gonna put the link, or the links are already up there for the live event. So check that out. If you have any questions, shoot us email to [email protected].
All right. I think that is about it. Does anybody else have anything? No?
Bradley: No.
Hernan: I’m good.
Adam: Let’s get into it.
Bradley: All right. Give me one second. In case we need it. No more tofu. All right. Let me grab the screen. Sorry, I was looking at Greg’s image already. Okay. I think we’re good. Are we good? Can you guys see me? Can you see my screen?
Adam: Yes.
Marco: Yep.
Clarifications On Josh Bachynski’s Statement
Bradley: All right. First up is Paul Williams. Yeah. Okay. I’ve read this earlier a couple of days ago, actually, before it was posted, or at least I saw it a couple days ago. Yeah, last week … Oops, sorry guys. Last week or I don’t know if it was last week, it might have been the week before, anyways, somebody had come on to the Hump Day Hangouts and posted a comment about something that they said Josh Bachynski said. I just wanna clarify that we commented on it and engaged with that comment without actually verifying the comment on our own. So, essentially, somebody came and posted and said, “Hey, this happened on somebody else’s show, this is what they said.”
Well, that could be taken out of context, and we did comment on that comment without having verified the comment ourselves and seen it in full context and that was improper on our part. So I just wanna clear the air on that. Semantic Mastery and is by no means trying to pick a fight with anybody. That’s not what we’re about. I think that’s juvenile and I think that reflects poorly on us.
So I want to kind of clarify that. There was no harm intended. I just wanna make sure everybody understands that. There’s not gonna be any fighting in the SEO world between Semantic Mastery and anybody else. Marco has his own opinions and he’s perfectly entitled to it; that’s part of his charm. But I just wanna make it very clear that we were wrong for comment, or at least I feel like we should have at least verified the comment first and foremost and seen it in full context before we said anything at all. I just wanna clarify that.
I know Marco wants to say something about it. Marco, please feel free.
Marco: Yes. At no point did I take whatever was claimed that Josh said as a criticism of Semantic Mastery nor did it get under my skin. I didn’t feel that that was aimed at Semantic Mastery or at anything that we do. If anyone thinks that all we do is drive stacks, then they don’t know Semantic Mastery. There’s no reason for anything to get under my skin. I went after a specific comment, which may or may not have been made. Some say it was said multiple times, whatever, it doesn’t matter now.
I will tell you this: nobody’s going to control my mouth and nobody’s going to tell me what to say or how to say. I say it how it comes out. If it comes out unfiltered, well, fuck it. That’s just the way it is. That’s just the way it comes out. I don’t try to control what I say. I just let it flow, man. If it comes out wrong, well, it just comes out wrong.
I was commenting on something that was said specific and I dealt with that. I’m going to leave it at that. Of course, it was my opinion, not the opinion of Semantic Mastery. It’s what I said. I see at the bottom of that, that Josh said to invite us on the show, well, our email is [email protected], you’re welcome to write to us, invite us, and I’ll be happy to show and we can have a discussion.
But again, nobody is going to control my mouth. That’s just the way it is. I’m unfiltered. That’s how it goes.
Bradley: Amen. D Kard posted a reply, and I appreciate this, D, because he says that, “Essentially, this was just a misunderstanding created by an ignorant person who came on Hump Day Hangouts and didn’t tell the full story, which made everyone angry at Semantic Mastery. The whole facade was due to an ignorant person who couldn’t convey the whole story properly.”
I partially agree, but at the same time, it was also, I think we should have reserved any comment until we had seen the comment ourselves or verified the comment and also in its full context. Again, anything can be taken out of context guys and we reacted to something that could have very well been taken out of context. Again, I wanna apologize for that because that wasn’t very professional, at least as a brand from what I think. Again, what Marco said about the specific comment, that’s fine, but I’m just saying there was no attack there and I just wanted to clarify that.
Again, D, I appreciate your reply here. So thank you very much. But we’re gonna move on. As Marco said, we’re happy, [email protected] for anybody to come on our show at any time and we just accepted the offer to come onto his as well. So let’s make it happen. If somebody wants to debate, and that’s perfectly fine.
What Are Your Thoughts On WP Gutenberg Editor?
Jordan says, “Has anyone taken the new WP Gutenberg editor,” I don’t even what the hell that is, “for a spin yet and did it break anything, namely the Semantic Mastery RSS plugin, Ultimate SEO Plus, or anything else we typically use per SM’s recommendations?”
I don’t even know what this is. Is anybody else familiar with this?
Adam: No. I’m just checking it out myself. I’d heard of it, but it looks like it’s the new editor. I’m sure Jordan could enlighten us and let us know if it’s already live or something. But that’s just the name of the new editor that’s out there.
Bradley: Oh, okay. I saw it inside one of my WordPress sites today about a new editor coming soon.
Adam: Yeah. It looks like it’s kind of going the way of the … I forget what it’s called, but … God, I’m having a total brain fart. But anyways, where you have like content blocks instead of more of the text type editor.
Bradley: Yeah, like a modular page-
Adam: Digital composer. That was what I was trying to think of.
Bradley: Yeah. Visual builder.
Adam: Yeah.
Bradley: Yeah. Okay. I know I haven’t used it yet. Unfortunately, Jordan, no. But I can imagine it’s a … I don’t know. I mean, it might break shit. I don’t know. I can’t imagine why it would though, because, for example, I use Thrive Themes. We just had to update our subscription to that again, which is freaking expensive. I use Thrive Themes for a lot of sites and that’s a modular page builder, and it doesn’t break anything – that I’ve noticed. Like the Syndication still work, the blog post still syndicate. I haven’t seen anything buggy, but I don’t know. We shall see, Jordan. I’m sure you will see reports in the Syndication Academy group if that happens. Okay.
Have You Tried Manipulating Q&A On A GMB And Saw A Difference In Map Rankings?
Brian says, “Anyone in here manipulate the Q&A on GMB and saw a difference in map rankings?” I have not. I haven’t done much with that yet. In fact, I haven’t done a whole lot with Google My Business other than just maintain client properties recently because I’m working on the prospecting and sales side of it to be added to the Local GMB Pro training once I’ve proven the method. First, I have to develop it, which is in progress now, but then I have to prove it, and then I’m gonna share that with Local GMB Pro.
I haven’t done much in there but maybe Marco has. Marco, what do you say?
Marco: Yeah. I mean, it’s one of the things that you have to try. Whether there’s a difference or not, we share our findings inside our Facebook group. We try to keep everything in there as far as what we do inside GMB. Generally, yeah, you can manipulate Q&A and then you could see for yourself whether there’s a difference in map rankings. It’s not that difficult, right? What’s that called? Answer The Public. Go to Answer The Public, get a ton of questions that you could then answer and see if there’s a difference when you do that, see if there’s a difference in map rankings.
Really, Bryon, the whole point behind our GMB training is we don’t care about ranking. We don’t care. It doesn’t make a difference. We concentrate on results. Are we getting phone calls? Are we getting visits to the website? Are we getting direction requests, if you have a brick and mortar or an office where people go? That’s all we care about.
When you’re doing that, you’re getting paid, man. We wanted to give people the ability to do that. Now, as a side effect, let’s call it, of all of this that happens inside GMB, yeah, you will start ranking in the 3-Pack and you will start ranking in organic search.
Bradley: Okay. I locked it on you for a minute because I had to pause the screen because I want to show something. I know this is part of the case study inside Google My–, or excuse me, Local GMB Pro and I just want to point this out because of what Marco just mentioned. I don’t mind showing this.
If we go to Insights here, this is the project that I used as the case study, which, by the way, I’ve got a second case study that I’m gonna be adding in the Local GMB Pro for a contractor, which is awesome because that’s primarily my business, the type of industry that I target. So I’m actually looking forward to that.
This taxi service one was kind of boring for me because it’s not an industry that I have much interest in. Right? But it just worked out that he was a new client right at the time we were launching the Local GMB Pro so I thought it would be a good case study.
But what I wanna point out here, and let me just zoom in very briefly guys, because this is what the point Marco was trying to make, is the fact that, just take a look at this. Look at some of the interactions. He got 16 interactions for the short single term phrase taxi and then 12 interactions in the last 30 days for cab.
Trust me, he’s not ranking for those terms. If you go to Charlottesville, which is where this guy is, where this company is and you search for, or you set your rank tracker to Charlottesville, or any one of those zip codes within the Charlottesville proper or anything like that and use … Because I use BrightLocal and that’s how you set local reports to track for maps, for mobile, and for desktop.
Anyways, you can set the actual search location. That’s not perfect, but it’s better than doing it without setting a specific location. My BrightLocal reports don’t show him ranking anywhere near page two, page three, page four for some of these single phrase keywords. But yet this is absolute proof that in the last month people have been exposed to his business for these short phrases, if you see that.
Again, it has nothing to do with rankings, guys. If you don’t understand what the Local GMB Pro service is or how it produces results, go back and watch one of our webinars where we’ve talked about it – like the launch webinar or whatever – because we go into great detail as to how this works or at least how we know it’s working because it’s producing results.
But it’s not something that can be tracked by regular ranked trackers because it’s pretty much all speaking to the mobile algorithm and to individualized personal search results based upon browsing history, where they’re located, so geolocation and all of that.
Again, it’s very interesting how this stuff works. We’re getting actual exposure and engagement from keywords that we aren’t showing anywhere near page one in the reports. Does that make sense? I wouldn’t even think to track these keywords, to be honest with you, because they’re such short-tailed keywords. In the past, it would be damn near impossible to rank for those, right?
But you can see I’m absolutely getting engagement from those, or this company is anyways. Okay. It’s crazy. Because I, mean, look at this, guys, 81 actions within the last month alone, 29 visits to the website, 51 calls, and one text message chat from only 134 maps exposures. So, I mean, that’s pretty incredible, right?
Marco, do you want to comment on that at all or should I move on?
Marco: No, no, man. We said we were gonna turn SEO on its ear. This is results driven SEO. It’s no longer about ranking; we don’t care. It’s no longer about the 3-pack. We don’t care. It’s all about results. We produce results for clients, clients pay us. ‘Nuff said.
Bradley: Yeah. Again, it’s independent of rankings, guys. Rankings are cool because we’re SEOs. We’d like to see all that and a lot of clients have been conditioned to expect to see ranking in reports too. But I’ve had to re-educate my long-standing clients and my new clients, you know, people that are coming in new, I tell them right off the bat, “Forget about traditional rank trackers, that’s old. Who cares whether you’re ranking or not if nobody’s seen it? Because it’s all mobile algorithm now and it’s mobile indexing first and because of that we should be focused in on mobile data, which Insights is primarily mobile data.
So my point is, if I can show … Remember, Insights is only showing the mobile activity, it’s not showing desktop and laptop activity. So my point is what you’re showing in Insights is actually only a portion of what the type of engagement signals that they should actually be receiving. Because, remember, GMB Insights does not track people that … It might track a click to the website, but if somebody picks up the phone, because they landed on your website and then calls from another phone, unless it’s from their mobile device where it’s a tap to call and Google can now attribute that call directly to either from the search results, from the mobile device directly from the search results, or from a post, a GMB post, or from the website that they can determine that.
But if somebody’s looking on a laptop and they see the maps listings, see the phone number, and then they call from their mobile device that’s not going to track as an engagement signal in GMB Insights if that makes sense.
So my point is the Insights shows so much engagement on mobile but that’s only a portion of the overall engagement or exposure that that business is actually getting because of, like I said, the restrictions on laptop and desktop not being able to track some of the actions that that visitor is taking, if that makes sense. Okay?
Again, it’s one of the most powerful things that I’ve seen. I think it’s incredible how quickly you could generate leads from GMB stuff, guys. So in case you haven’t joined it yet, do so.
Marco: One of the things that I’m constantly harping about in the Facebook group is that you need to be able to track everything just because of what you said. Because if you don’t, then you’re not going to be able to track some of the conversions. Some of them will take place on websites, some of them will take place by other means, but maybe they go and fill out a contact form or whatever. You need to be able to track everything so you can get paid for everything.
Do You See Value In Adding GSites To Keep A Site Active?
Bradley: This is cool. Steve. Okay. Steve says, “I know you have described the Google Plus as a wasteland before, so do you see value in this new addition to G sites to keep the site active possibly via IFTTT?” G sites and there’s links here, guys. That’s interesting because this was just published on July 30th, so literally nine days ago or 10 days ago.
That’s crazy because Google Plus has been absolutely, Google has been pooling Google Plus’s integration with all of their other products. They’ve been doing it over the last two years really. They’ve been pulling it out slowly but surely. For example, you don’t see Google Plus as an option inside of GMB anymore, inside of Google My Business. It doesn’t automatically create a brand page anymore. You actually kind of have to dig around to figure out how to create a brand page now. It’s interesting.
They’ve taken it out of YouTube. They’ve taken it out of just pretty much everything. So it’s interesting to see that just 10 days ago they’re posting an article about adding G Plus streams as a new feature to Google sites.
As I’ve said this before, guys, look, as long as Google Plus is still around, it is still available, I think you should still be using it because it’s still a Google product. If you can integrate it and connect it with all of your other Google products – your Google site, your drive stacks, your Google profile, all of those, your YouTube channel – there’s no reason why you shouldn’t use it because once again you’re just giving Google more of what it wants.
I do think that’s a great idea embedding … Look, I’m not gonna … Marco’s our iFrame genius and we had a discussion in our MasterMIND community, actually the Facebook group specifically about iFrames and how freaking fabulously they’re working. Marco was commenting on that just recently, the last couple days.
Again, that’s because if you’ve got an embedded Google stream, Google Plus stream, then yeah, that’s great because you’re just creating this iFrame tunnel, like picture-in-picture type thing, that’s just Google properties and it ends up creating a loop. As long as you close the loop with your G site iFrames and you can iFrame into it, like add ID pages, we talked about that kind of stuff in the Syndication Academy for the February update webinar. Everybody loves that. We call it the iFrame, local iFrame loop.
All those things are incredibly powerful and it’s because they’re utilizing iFrames. If you can utilize Google iFrames, you’re gonna squeeze a lot of juice out of it.
Do you want to comment on that?
Marco: No, man, that’s perfect.
Bradley: Okay. We’re good. We’re gonna keep moving. Steve, thanks for pointing that out because that’s a pretty cool update. I’m gonna have to play around with that a little bit. Okay.
Armand’s up. He says, “Not sure how I’m ignorant for wanting …” Oh, well, maybe that was Armand that posted that before. “I thought it was a bold claim by Josh to say he could have it shut down in a snap of a finger. I wasn’t trying to make anyone angry, just thought that was interesting.”
Yeah. Armand, I appreciate that. If that was you that posted that last week or whatever, I get that. All I was saying was that I don’t think we should have commented until we had verified the comment on our own. Not that I’m saying you’re lying about it, but I’m saying, again, on our part, we should have verified the comment and listened to maybe the conversation in its entirety before replying. That’s how I should have handled it and I didn’t, and I apologize for that.
I’m not attacking anybody or you, Armand. Just so you know, guys. That’s not how we are. That’s not who we are. Hey, what did I say? Don’t start none, won’t be none. You know what I mean? But thank you. Yeah.
Really, again, Armand, I don’t wanna get into debate about this. Armand came with a comment and we should have verified it before commenting. That’s all there is to it. Okay.
What Are Your Thoughts On Google Loving HTML Sites Over WordPress Pages?
Gordon’s up. He says, “Hey guys. Thank you very much again for your Hump Days help. It’s greatly appreciated.” Well, you’re welcome, Gordon. He says, “I’ve read everywhere for some time that Google loves WordPress and if you want to rank on the first page more easily you must use WordPress. But lately, I’ve been reading that Google now loves HTML sites much better and that is what we should be using. What is the truth?”
Honestly, you can rank either one. It doesn’t matter. I think it’s funny how things come full circle. It used to be HTML, then it became WordPress. The reason why WordPress has ranked so well is because it’s been industry standard for so long. The problem with WordPress though is, especially now with mobile first indexing, is the fact that WordPress sites are typically a hell of a lot slower and there’s a number of factors that affect that. Right? Hosting being one of the primary factors, but there’s a number of factors that cause WordPress pages, even responsive WordPress themes to load slowly.
Since everything is a mobile indexing first algorithm now, that’s what Google search results are based upon mobile indexing first that rolled out at the end of July. Guys, that’s absolute fact now. Because of that HTML sites load incredibly fast. So much faster than WordPress sites, if you don’t know how to optimize for PageSpeed.
I haven’t read anything about that. I don’t know what the debate is about that specifically right now, because I don’t follow that kind of stuff typically, but I imagine that is a very real debate. I can imagine that is going on right now. I can understand why HTML would probably rank better now because PageSpeed is supposedly a ranking factor, and especially more so now because of the mobile indexing first, mobile first index, excuse me.
Again, HTML sites load incredibly quick. I love HTML sites. I use them a lot for, again, for add Id pages and for a lot of one-off stuff. I just create an HTML page because I can edit it in Notepad++ and then just upload it to a server and it loads quickly. It’s simple to maintain and I don’t have to worry about WordPress updates and security issues and all the other shit that goes on with WordPress.
Anybody wanna comment on that?
Marco: Yeah. We have an AMP plugin and its in Facebook and I’m gonna go to the top and it’s called, on our Facebook group it’s called AMP Creators Mastermind. You can get the plug-in from there, the most up-to-date plug-in. There’s also video that details how to use it and how you can do just some really neat tricks with Google. Google will actually give you ideas and advice on what you need to do with your AMP pages to manipulate Google. How good is that?
AMP Creators Mastermind, the plug-in is in there. It’s free. We’re not charging for it. Just ask to join the group and you’ll get access to the plug-in.
Bradley: Yeah. Just to try and kind of finish up on this question, Gordon, you asked, so what should we be using? Honestly, what’s gonna be easier for you? Right? I mean, here’s the thing. WordPress, the nice thing about WordPress and probably why it has become industry standard for so long, is because there’s so much functionality, between the plugins and all that other stuff.
There’s so much functionality that you can add without having to understand coding, or HTML coding, anyways. So, excuse me. That’s probably why it had become industry standard.
Personally, I can’t do HTML sites other than a simple one pager site. Because I don’t know how to add CSS files and all that, I just don’t know how to do all that. I just know basic HTML. So I always just download an HTML template and then just edit it with the content that I need and upload it for single page stuff. And I do a lot of one page stuff with HTML sites, but I don’t know how to build a full-on website out of HTML and I don’t really care to ever learn how to do that either.
Really, Gordon, it’s what should you be using, whatever is easiest for you and your most efficient with. Because WordPress sites can absolutely be sped up to PageSpeed isn’t the issue. Right? I mean, you might have to be a PageSpeed nerd or expert, happen to be able to do that, but there’s lots of those out there. We’ve got several of them in our Mastermind.
I am not a PageSpeed expert. I know how to do a few things to get it good enough. But I know some of our MasterMIND members that, they tweak and tweak and tweak until they get these incredibly fast load times. I just don’t have the patience to do all that. You know what I mean? If get it fast enough to where it loads quick enough, then it’s not going to be an issue. Okay.
Should You Make All Page Updates And Changes At Once Or Should You Do It As Soon As You’re Done With A Page?
That’s a great question though, by the way. All right. Next one is Greg. Greg. What’s up, Greg? He says, “Hey guys. Over the next few weeks, I will do a significant rewriting and editing of all pages on my site enough so that the rankings will dance all over the place. Do you recommend keeping all updates in draft mode as I write and then posting all the changes on the same day? Or post each page’s edits as they are done over a period of the next few weeks which could keep the site dancing much longer? Thanks.”
That’s a good one. I’ve never tested that, Greg. I can tell you how I’ve done that in the past and that was to just publish the updates as they were completed. Because if it’s a site that’s gonna take a few weeks, because of the amount of content that it’s gonna be updated and it’s gonna take a few weeks, I typically just do all the updates or publish the updates as they occur, as I complete them.
Here’s my logic behind that. Although, guys, I have not tested this, and I’m curious to see what the other guys say, but my logic behind doing it, dripping it out as the changes are completed is that Google’s algorithm, if it’s tuned to identify or to notice that changes are being made in sites, which it is, we know that for sure, but it’s being done slowly over time, it’s logical to me that Google would understand that that site is being updated. There’s a lot of content so it’s gonna take time.
As opposed to doing all the changes in draft mode and then making all the updates at once, that seems more like an activity that an SEO would do. At least, that’s my opinion. But again, guys, this is completely conjectured on my opinion at this point, because I have not tested it. I’ve just always done it in a dripped out fashion because of how I feel it to be a logical reason to do that, if that makes sense.
Again, it’s not tested. That’s just my assumption. Anybody here wanna take a different approach or different angle?
Marco: Yeah. I do it all at once as if it were redesigned. That’s how I take it. I’m redesigning the website, maybe I’m doing the silo architecture, or whatever, and so it just goes live all at once.
Bradley: Okay. As far as dancing, have you tested one against the other to see if-?
Marco: No, because I always do it all at once. I don’t like going back or setting it. You have to set the calendar for each one of those to go out or maybe once it’s done, you have to publish it. Instead, you just have everything ready and then you publish all at once. I think it’s a preference. He may be right, he could set his website dancing time after time after time after time. I haven’t tested that.
Bradley: That’s interesting. That’d be an interesting test, Greg. I mean, I don’t know how I would do. It’s funny because Marco does it one way, I’ve done it the other. So I guess to make a choice. We don’t really know which one’s going … Because we haven’t tested it, I don’t wanna give you a false answer as to which has more of a dancing effect or a prolonged dancing effect versus the other. I can’t tell you honestly. But that would be an interesting test at some point.
Marco: I think Hernan was about to chime in.
Bradley: Were you?
Hernan: Yeah. I was about to say that I agree with you guys. I agree with Bradley in that regard. I was just going to say that I agree.
Does Your Subscription Level In Newswire Influence The Local SEO Power Of A Press Release?
Bradley: Okay. Kay Dee says, “When buying press release from newswire, does the subscription level influence its local SEO power? Is a $97 contributor PR sufficient? As seen here. Also, is it safe to use newswire for repeated weekly submissions or is it necessary to mix up the PR providers?”
Okay, great questions. Newswire is fine. There’s nothing wrong with newswire. As far as I know that the subscription levels shouldn’t make any difference – it’s the distribution level. So, if a higher subscription level gives you better distribution, then yes, the higher subscription levels would produce better results, or they should produce better results, because they mean more distribution. Right?
But as far as I know, if you’re talking about newswire.net, then the subscription levels only adjust, it’s the same distribution network, but they just – and again, I hope I have this right – but I think the different subscription levels, it’s all the same distribution network, it’s just the number of press releases that can be submitted within a given month is what is determined by the subscription level, not the number of distribution sites, if that makes sense.
So, if that’s the case, then no. This wouldn’t make any difference at all because you just get the same distribution level as somebody that might have an agency or a journalist, or whatever the different levels are that they say. Right? It’s the same distribution level or network so the same number of sites that it gets republished to. But somebody with a higher subscription level can submit more press releases within a given timeframe if that makes sense. Now again, if you look at the different pricing options and higher subscription levels have more distribution, then yes, it would make a difference. Okay. So really think about it that way. All right.
Is It Safe To Use Newswire For Repeated Weekly Submissions?
“Also, is it safe to use newswire repeatedly for weekly submissions?” Yeah, it is. The only reason why we talked about mixing up PR providers is because, especially if you’re doing PR stacking, well, even if you’re just doing direct press releases to money sites, for example, as your target URLs, like money sites or maps listings and stuff like that, is if you repeatedly hit it over and over again to the same distribution network, there comes a point where there’s diminishing returns.
I don’t know what that point is, when that threshold occurs or what it takes to cross that threshold. But I do know that I’ve experienced through, especially when I was testing all the stuff that we did for Local PR Pro, which is our training on how to do press release stacking and how to use press releases for ranking and the maps pack really, really quickly. Anyways, when I was doing all my testing for that I found that, when I started to vary the distribution networks, so essentially Newswire.net was one of them, PressCable, which was Chris Munch’s, we also have two press release services in Serp Space that we used. So I have two distribution networks there, plus, you know …
So my point is, I’ve used as many as four different distribution networks for a PR stack for one business. So if I’m going to do four press releases, I might use four different distribution networks and then I get a much more diverse backlink profile. Right? There are a number of sites that are gonna be present on almost every distribution network. They’re common because their press cables that are popular and they’re easy access. But every single distribution network are gonna have some of their own unique distribution partners that the others do not.
That’s why I said that’s the only reason why I would recommend that you have, if PRs or press releases is one of your main services that you provide for your business, then I would recommend that you get some subscriptions in some other press release distribution networks so that you have that diversity available. Right?
Guys, I love press release. I think they’re absolutely amazing. I freaking love them. For SEO purposes, I use press releases like they’re going out of style. It’s one of my primary methods for getting results now, is just using press releases. I mean, in addition to the other SM stuff, like Semantic Mastery stuff that we do – drive stacks, syndication networks, now Local GMB Pro. But press releases are my go-to thing, guys, when I need quick movement, when I need backlinks, when I need citations. It’s just super, super powerful. So I use a number of different services, distribution networks, and I recommend that you do as well. Okay.
Marco: One of the things that works really well for me, and I only do this for stuff that really, really matters, is I’ll set up a press release stack the way that we teach in Local PR Pro, and then somewhere along that stack, sometimes the very last one, I’ll hit it with something like PR web. Now guys, before you go, it’s expensive, right? If you choose, I think, the top level is something like 400 bucks, the next one down is nearly 300 bucks, I always choose the next one down from the top. But you get so much exposure and distribution that it’ll help push everything that you’ve done with the PR stack.
Now again, I do this when it’s something, maybe I’ve come across something that’s really difficult but I know that my client is gonna make a ton of money, and so I’ll go and I’ll get one of these releases. Again, PR Web is one and I forget the one owned by, I always forget the name, the one owned by Warren Buffett. They have a press release service. But either one. I mean, you can’t go wrong, but you will have to spend the money. But then again, just charge the client for it.
Bradley: Yeah. Awesome. But yeah, Kay Dee, a great service. I’m telling you. Actually, yeah, this gives me an opportunity real quick to point something out. So I’m developing prospecting funnel. I’ve been working on it for fucking months, man. No kidding, months and months and months. It’s taken so much longer than I planned. But I’m glad though because, it is difficult to set up through trial and error to get it to work, but because of that not many others out there are willing to do it, which means we’re gonna have a unique product that works incredibly well.
I’m teaching everybody in MasterMIND how to do it, how to build these prospecting funnels. The ultimate goal is, once I have it down and, like the prospecting funnel is absolutely working incredibly well, our sales process still sucks for selling, well, it’s still in development, but the prospecting funnel is working incredibly well.
The reason I bring this up is because, actually my outreach campaign, the cold prospecting emails, because we’re using cold outreach emails right now as our primary prospecting method and it’s working like crazy. I’m gonna show you my pipe drive account here in just a moment for the agency that I’ve been testing all this stuff on, which is my own agency, Big Bamboo Marketing. I’ve been targeting specifically tree service contractors.
But the outreach sequence that I’m using, the cold email sequence that I’m using is a modified sequence that I got from PressCable. I’ve just mentioned that I used Chris Munch’s PressCable as one of my distribution networks for press releases and I have a White Label reseller agency account with them. One of the things that they have inside there is … By the way, we should probably get with Chris Munch at some point and do a promo for his PressCable, because I do use it so much, guys. If somebody wants to make a note of that.
Anyways, it’s a good service. He’s got this White Label agency, like email campaign thing in there, that don’t do all the emailing from their servers. I don’t recommend it, though. Here’s why: because, first of all, it’s templated content. Guys, templated content, if it gets used by too many people, well, Google’s servers and mail filters, it will filter it out. It will send it to spam or send it directly to promotional. Because Google has a machine learning, guys. Google will recognize the same message being sent by dozens and dozens of emails, or even hundreds, or even thousands of emails sending from domains and such. So Google will actually start filtering and automatically classifying certain emails as spam.
So inside PressCable, if you use, and I’m not speaking bad about it, I think it’s good, but what I’m saying is, the templates, the email templates are, I guarantee you that most people don’t go in and edit them considerably, which is what you should do. Right? Anytime somebody gives you an email template, a sequence that’s been templated, you should go in and edit it, customize it specific for your business and change the messaging so that it’s specific for your messaging. Because again, then it becomes unique and it won’t get caught up in the spam filters if too many people use it. So that’s number one.
Number two, they also do the mailing from their own sending domains. I found through testing that most of them are undeliverable or they get rejected by web mail hosts or they go to spam or promotional folder. I know because I’ve tested them. So what I did was I actually pulled all the email copy out, edited everything to be more specific to my business, and then I started sending using GMass in my own sending domains through G suite – so Google apps, Google suite. Now I’m using GMass.co which is fabulous. It’s great for cold outreach prospecting emails. I’m using that, plus my own sending domains, which are alias domains in a G suite account. And we’re getting incredible results.
Here, let me show you, just to prove to you, guys. This is from three weeks of mailing. Take a look at this. I know it’s small on your end, but this is from three weeks of consistent mailing as of yesterday. We only mail Monday through Friday. You can see I’ve got 36 active leads in my pipeline right now. All tree services, because I mentioned that I’m targeting specifically tree service companies.
The reason I’m telling you all this is because I’m using the PressCable sequence that’s a modified version of it, specific to my business, where we’re pitching PR services on the front-end. That’s what’s actually filling this pipeline right now. Again, this is from, we started on Tuesday, three weeks ago, we’ve been mailing five days a week for three weeks. We’ve got 36 inbound leads, which is crazy. Right?
This has been, by far, the most successful prospecting method I’ve used. PRs are a great front-end product especially because you can get really quick wins. So that’s kind of what our pitch is on the front-end right now, is using PR or press releases to kind of get their attention. Okay. Anyways, great that you’re doing that. I like to see it when other people are running with something that works and I know that they work. Okay.
This is Dan, right?
Marco: Yeah, it’s Dan.
Bradley: Okay. “Switched everything to liquidweb.” Cool. That’s awesome, Dan. Remember that conversation we had about hosting and Dan was like, “You got an affiliate link?” I think this was last week or maybe two weeks ago, but yeah, that’s awesome. “How can I get the VIP option?” Just reach out at Support. “Along with the VIP ticket, you’re good to go.” That’s right. Okay, cool. Anyways, Adam got you, Dan. We’ll get you squared.
Yeah, that’s what I saw. Okay. I didn’t realize it was called Gutenberg. Thanks, Jordan. Yeah. Let us know what happens.
Dan, that comes up. The GMB keywords will come up. It’s been rolling out. Not all of my GMB listings show that. Most of them do now, but not all of them. So just be patient. You should start seeing that soon. It’s rolling out I think to all GMB Insights reporting. It’s just, like I said, some of my listings don’t have it, but almost all of them do. So just be patient though, you’ll see that soon.
Yeah. Google Plus has had the world’s longest funeral. Yeah. You know what’s funny about that, guys? You could go back to when we first started Hump Day Hangouts, which I think was in 2013. Maybe ‘14? I guess it was '14. Anyways, whenever it was that we started it, and there was people back then, ever since Google Plus, creation there’s been those people out there, the haters, that said Google Plus is dead. I’m not kidding. You can search probably Google right now, Google Plus is dead, and find articles that were posted like in 2012 that says: Google Plus is dead, it’s a ghost town, it’s going by the wayside.
It was funny because for many years, I would see articles pretty fairly consistently, on social media examiner and all these sites and stuff, that were talking about Google Plus is dead and blah, blah, blah. Yet Google was actually incorporating more and more of Google Plus into its algorithm. Again, when Google first started adding the Semantic Web to how its algorithm worked, like Google Plus was to be used as an identity validator. It was a way to validate somebody as a real person because of the connections that they would have on the web.
Why do you think syndication networks work so well? Because it’s very similar to what Google Plus was trying to do by making all of its products integrate with a singular profile, a Google Plus profile. It was a way to validate an identity of person and tie all of those products to that individual person. Right? That’s part of the reason that they did it.
It’s funny because I remember back in 2012 and '13 and '14 when these articles were coming about Google Plus being dead and Google’s killing it off and all that, I was saying, “No, Google’s not gonna kill it off. It’s so much a part of its semantic algorithm now that there’s no way they’re gonna kill it off.” Well, here we are many years later and I see its death, like Wayne said, it’s a very long and slow funeral, or very long and slow death really. It’s not the funeral yet because it’s not completely dead. But it’s like they’ve been on this terminal illness for the last two years.
I remember years ago, and the reason I brought up the Hump Day Hangouts was because I remember debating that on Hump Day Hangouts and me saying, “I don’t think it’ll ever be taken away. Or if it is, it’s gonna be a long time in the future because it’s been so integrated into how Google identifies or validates an identity and ties all of their products together to one specific person.”
But here we are several years later and they have actually started winding it down, but like Wayne mentioned, it’s been at least two years now that they’ve been pulling this stuff out of products and it’s still in progress, if that makes sense. So it’s interesting to see all these years later the prediction that I made, that it wasn’t gonna be removed entirely, or if it did it was going to take a long time, it’s kind of coming to be true. And all those other people that were like, “Oh, it’s dead,” five, six years ago, they were proven wrong. You know what I mean?
Marco: Who was it? It was Steve Cato that gave us that Google blog and the embed Google stream. Because I just got an idea for a webinar on how we can just totally maximize the use of this with everything that we do, not only in RYS Reloaded, but in Google My Business. Steve, if you’re not in either one, I’m going to invite you to the webinar anyway because you gave me the idea. Guys, if you are in, I’m just gonna give you some monster stuff on how you can manipulate this to death.
Bradley: And that’s in GMB Pro?
Marco: This will be a GMB Pro, but I’m gonna invite the RYS Reloaded guys because they can take advantage of it even if they’re not in Google My Business. I’m going to invite Steve Cato for putting that little itch in my brain on how this can be manipu- … I’ve been thinking about this the whole time we’re talking. I’m thinking, “All this shit and I can do this? And I can do this? And we can circle back doing this?” So it’s gonna be fun.
Bradley: We’ll talk about it, but invite the MasterMIND too then.
Marco: Steve, if you’re not in any of our groups or whatever, if you’re not in Facebook, you should at least be in our free group in Facebook, just reach out to me in Messenger and just give me your email address so I can send you an invitation to the webinar. It’ll take me about two, three, four weeks to set it all up, but once it’s done, I’ll make sure you get invited.
Bradley: Sweet. That’s pretty cool. So you guys you get rewarded for educating us, right?
Greg says, “This looked like a fair comparison.” Thanks, Greg. Actually, I’ve got it open over here. I’m gonna scroll through here and take a look. “Reason to choose HTML, my preference.” Yeah. That’s what I was saying. I mean, if I knew how to do, like build whole HTML websites, honestly, I shouldn’t be building websites anymore anyways, I should be outsourcing that. But there are times that I still do build a lot of single HTML pages because I do a lot of SEO stuff with those, so I do a lot of that on my own. Again, I just added it with Notepad++, it’s very simple to do.
But I don’t know how to build full-on websites with HTML. I don’t think I should be, anyways. I just don’t know how to do that. So if I need to build a whole website, then I just select WordPress. But then I do a few PageSpeed optimizations to cut down on load time. But I agree. I think HTML is a better route to go, but it causes a lot of other issues to not have the functionality that WordPress does.
Anyways, thanks, Greg. I appreciate that. Dominic says, he just had a birthday this week. Happy birthday, Dominic. He says, “Thrive Themes is expensive. I thinking I’m dropping them and moving to Divi 3.0 220 a year for an agency, unlimited sites. That sounds great, because I think we paid almost 600 bucks for our agency license, that we just renewed it this week. “Great drag and drop builder. Any thoughts?”
No. I don’t have any thoughts about it, just because I haven’t used Divi. I’m one of the types of people that I hate testing new WordPress themes or developers because they all have their own unique way of doing things and there’s such a learning curve. I don’t know, I’m not a web designer. So for me, there’s always such a learning curve every time I have to learn how to edit a different WordPress developers theme.
I’ve learned over the years, like I’ve used InkThemes, I-N-K Themes, which aren’t even great themes, to be honest with you, but I used them for years. That was my own. If a client wanted me to build them a website, all I would do was send them to the InkThemes marketplace to choose the template that they wanted, the design that they wanted. If they sent back an email saying, “I don’t really like these. Here are some others that I like,” and they pointed out other developers, I would tell them flat out, “Well, that’s fine, but now the web design cost is going up $1,000. Because I’m gonna have to hire somebody else to do the build instead of me because I don’t know how to do those themes and there’s gonna be a huge learning curve, or I would hire somebody else,”
That’s typically what I would do. If somebody had an existing website on a different theme that they wanted to keep or if they had a specific theme that was built by a developer that I didn’t know, or that I had no experience with, which was pretty much everybody else out there besides InkThemes, then I would either charge them to learn how to work on that theme. Or I would go to Upwork and find somebody that was proficient in that specific developer’s theme and then I would hire them to do it. But I would always add in a premium to that web design service specifically for that reason.
By the way, I’m really not very proficient at Thrive Themes either, but I know enough to be able to build some pages and stuff that look decent. Again, Thrive Themes is my, just, Dominic, for your sake, I know I haven’t used Divi, maybe one of the other guys have, if you’re real proficient with WordPress stuff, it might be easy for you, but for me, I’m sure there’s a learning curve that I don’t want to mess with yet.
Marco: It’s all I’m using now and of course Semantic Mastery has a scissor for all that stuff that we need for anything that needs to be coded or whatever else. But yeah, Divi is what I’ve been using for quite a while now.
Bradley: Yeah. Cool. Check it out, I think we’re done with the questions, guys. Yeah. Dan says he’s in Canada, so maybe next year. Yeah. I don’t know, maybe it’s gonna roll out slower in Canada, if you’re talking about the Insights keywords, Dan.
Anyways, guys, all right, I’m gonna wrap it up. Thanks everybody for being here. We’ll see everybody … Oh, we got MasterMIND webinar tomorrow, guys, so be there or be square.
Adam: Outstanding. Just a quick reminder, I wanted to say something before we wrap up, if you saw the emails Leads Recon from Ted Chen, he gave us a heck of a deal for subscribers, I’m gonna put the link on there, but price is going up. I mean, it’s been out for a while and he’s been working on it, it’s like doubling or something, the price tonight at midnight. So last chance to hop in on that if you want. I think between us, we own several licenses already, so I highly recommend this tool for you, if you’re interested in it.
Bradley: Offer leads recon?
Adam: Yeah.
Bradley: Did you drop the link again?
Adam: I’m gonna do that right now. I need to make sure I get the right one.
Bradley: Also, just for people that might not be on the event page, what is it, if you have the slug, at semanticmastery.com/ what? Or is it leadsrecon.com/semanticmastery or something?
Adam: You know what? I am logged in. Give me a 10 seconds here. If everyone can hold on, this is worth it to the people who want to grab it. I’ll make sure we get this right. It is Semantic Mastery-
Bradley: I did a walkthrough webinar of how I use the tool. So if you’re curious about how the tool works and everything, please watch the webinar. It’s a great tool and it’s a lifetime license for $297. I think it’s 297. It’s like 300 bucks.
Adam: Correct. Yeah. It’s going to a yearly and it’s gonna be something like double or triple that.
Bradley: Yeah. I think he said he was going like 697 for a lifetime option, but it’ll be 297 yearly. The lifetime option for 697, I think, is gonna go away soon. Anyways, my point is, if you’re interested in it at all, you can watch the webinar, you’ll see exactly how I use it. It’s great for getting lead data very, very quickly.
I use another tool, I use Lead Kahuna for most scraping. But I hired a VA to do it because Lead Kahuna pulls so much freaking data. It takes a long time to run and it pulls a ton of data. Most of the data we don’t use, but it does pull in a lot of additional data. Whereas Leads Recon is more about getting results very quickly and it doesn’t give you a whole shit ton of unnecessary data. So it runs real quick, it’s efficient, and it’s a good tool. I highly recommend that you check it out. Okay.
Adam: That’s good.
Bradley: All right, guys. We’ll see y'all next week. Thanks.
Adam: Bye everyone.
Marco: Bye.
Weekly Digital Marketing Q&A – Hump Day Hangouts – Episode 196 published first on your-t1-blog-url
0 notes
Text
Weekly Digital Marketing Q&A – Hump Day Hangouts – Episode 196
youtube
Click on the video above to watch Episode 196 of the Semantic Mastery Hump Day Hangouts.
Full timestamps with topics and times can be found at the link above.
The latest upcoming free SEO Q&A Hump Day Hangout can be found at http://semanticmastery.com/humpday.
Announcement
Adam: Hey yo! Welcome to Hump Day Hangouts Episode 196. We are live on this awesome 8th of the August, at 4 p.m. Eastern. We got almost the whole crew here today. It looks like Chris is missing. It’s pretty late right where he is, so cut him some slack. But we’ll just go down and say hello to everybody real quick. Hernan, how are you doing today?
Hernan: Hey, what’s up everybody? I’m really good. I’m kind of busy but excited to be here. I’m really excited for POFU Live 2018 as well. Things are coming up nicely, so I’m excited for that.
Adam: We’ll be talking more about that in just a minute. Marco, how are you doing?
Marco: I’m working on POFU, man, each and every day. If you guys knew – I can’t say, I’m sorry, I’m under NDA – what I was working on to just finally rid myself of this fucking bedbug that’s Google, you’d probably, I mean, you’d line up to pay me. But let’s just say we cracked the code and, well, I’m not gonna keep dropping F-bombs this early. Put the children away so I can go unfiltered. But having said that, man, POFU.
Bradley: ‘Nuff said.
Adam: Bradley, how about yourself, man?
Bradley: I’m good. I’m happy to be here. It’s hot as hell in Virginia right now. They’re like stupid hot. Fortunately, I’m in the air conditioning. It gets hot at my office because it’s in the upstairs. I got the fan running and everything, but it’s still hot.
Adam: Yeah. It just keeps getting hotter as the day goes on.
Bradley: Yeah, it sucks. But it’s all right. I’m still happy to be here. So let’s get to it.
Adam: Good deal. Well, real quick, if you’re just joining us for the first time, thanks for showing up. You can always catch these live like right now, or, if you’re watching this on YouTube, obviously, and catch the replay can ask questions and check it out later, whatever floats your boat. If you’re looking for the place to start with Semantic Mastery, we highly recommend the Battle Plan. You can find the link either on the page, again if you’re watching live or on YouTube.
Real quick, Hernan mentioned POFU Live. Hernan, what is this POFU Live bitch that you speak of?
Hernan: Well, POFU Live is gonna be an awesome event. The first event that we’re doing for Semantic Mastery. It’s gonna take place on October 19, 20, and 21st of October in Washington, DC. The entire Semantic Mastery crew is gonna be talking and we have some guest speakers as well. So we’re really excited about that.
The main point of the event is that we’ll help you guys reach in that POFU. Right? We talk about POFU, POFU, POFU, and whatnot. The entire theme of the event is how you reach that position where you can pretty much grow your business, get new clients, get your clients results faster, and how to scale the business that will put you in a POFU pretty, pretty fast.
The main idea is that we try to make it small so that we can kind of tailor the experience to each of you guys that are gonna be attending. So it’s gonna be pretty amazing.
Bradley: Yes. We’re gonna try to create like a three-step process for everybody that attends. Anybody that joins or wants to attend, when you purchase a ticket, you’re gonna get sent a survey, essentially, that you have to complete so that we can kind of tailor based on your specific business model, like what products and services you sell, what’s your target market, that kind of stuff. So that we can help you apply our three-step process, which is find clients, make the sale, fulfill the service scale. I mean, that was, I guess, four, but some of those can be combined. So it’s essentially prospecting, and selling, fulfilling a service, and then scaling.
That’s really what we want to do. That’s why, in part, why we’re trying to keep the number of attendees very, very small. It’s very limited to only 25 people because, obviously, we wouldn’t be able to sit down and literally help develop a plan for your specific business model if we had 200 people in the room.
That’s just part of the reason why we wanted to start our first one with a very small, limited audience, because we really wanna help everybody that comes walk away with the plan specific to their business and what their needs are, what their financial goals are, and what their needs are and all that.
Again, that’s all going to be information that you’re going to add to the survey before you come to the event so that we can have some time to look over and really custom tailor it for your business.
Adam: Definitely. Yeah. I just had a quick conversation this morning with Jeffrey Smith from SEO Design Solutions, from SEO Bootcamp, excuse me, also the SEO Ultimate Plugin, which we highly recommend. I had really good talk with him. I think you might be able to see it on our Facebook page, about a quick chat about what he’s gonna be talking about as a guest speaker at the event and why he’s excited to be there. I highly suggest heading over this Semantic Mastery Facebook page and checking that out.
Real quick too, speaking about the event, so we got some really cool tickets available for that. You can just come to the event if you want to, we got VIP tickets available for a little bit more where you can spend some time having fun goofing off with us, also networking, and enjoying it the day before we hop into things.
Then, there’s a special too. If you’re interested in joining the MasterMIND and taking things up a few notches, you can get a ticket to the event along with – I’m not gonna go to the details – a bunch of goodies, but also a year’s worth of the MasterMIND. So it’s a hell of a deal you’re basically getting to come to the event for free if you check that out.
I’m gonna put the link, or the links are already up there for the live event. So check that out. If you have any questions, shoot us email to [email protected].
All right. I think that is about it. Does anybody else have anything? No?
Bradley: No.
Hernan: I’m good.
Adam: Let’s get into it.
Bradley: All right. Give me one second. In case we need it. No more tofu. All right. Let me grab the screen. Sorry, I was looking at Greg’s image already. Okay. I think we’re good. Are we good? Can you guys see me? Can you see my screen?
Adam: Yes.
Marco: Yep.
Clarifications On Josh Bachynski’s Statement
Bradley: All right. First up is Paul Williams. Yeah. Okay. I’ve read this earlier a couple of days ago, actually, before it was posted, or at least I saw it a couple days ago. Yeah, last week … Oops, sorry guys. Last week or I don’t know if it was last week, it might have been the week before, anyways, somebody had come on to the Hump Day Hangouts and posted a comment about something that they said Josh Bachynski said. I just wanna clarify that we commented on it and engaged with that comment without actually verifying the comment on our own. So, essentially, somebody came and posted and said, “Hey, this happened on somebody else’s show, this is what they said.”
Well, that could be taken out of context, and we did comment on that comment without having verified the comment ourselves and seen it in full context and that was improper on our part. So I just wanna clear the air on that. Semantic Mastery and is by no means trying to pick a fight with anybody. That’s not what we’re about. I think that’s juvenile and I think that reflects poorly on us.
So I want to kind of clarify that. There was no harm intended. I just wanna make sure everybody understands that. There’s not gonna be any fighting in the SEO world between Semantic Mastery and anybody else. Marco has his own opinions and he’s perfectly entitled to it; that’s part of his charm. But I just wanna make it very clear that we were wrong for comment, or at least I feel like we should have at least verified the comment first and foremost and seen it in full context before we said anything at all. I just wanna clarify that.
I know Marco wants to say something about it. Marco, please feel free.
Marco: Yes. At no point did I take whatever was claimed that Josh said as a criticism of Semantic Mastery nor did it get under my skin. I didn’t feel that that was aimed at Semantic Mastery or at anything that we do. If anyone thinks that all we do is drive stacks, then they don’t know Semantic Mastery. There’s no reason for anything to get under my skin. I went after a specific comment, which may or may not have been made. Some say it was said multiple times, whatever, it doesn’t matter now.
I will tell you this: nobody’s going to control my mouth and nobody’s going to tell me what to say or how to say. I say it how it comes out. If it comes out unfiltered, well, fuck it. That’s just the way it is. That’s just the way it comes out. I don’t try to control what I say. I just let it flow, man. If it comes out wrong, well, it just comes out wrong.
I was commenting on something that was said specific and I dealt with that. I’m going to leave it at that. Of course, it was my opinion, not the opinion of Semantic Mastery. It’s what I said. I see at the bottom of that, that Josh said to invite us on the show, well, our email is [email protected], you’re welcome to write to us, invite us, and I’ll be happy to show and we can have a discussion.
But again, nobody is going to control my mouth. That’s just the way it is. I’m unfiltered. That’s how it goes.
Bradley: Amen. D Kard posted a reply, and I appreciate this, D, because he says that, “Essentially, this was just a misunderstanding created by an ignorant person who came on Hump Day Hangouts and didn’t tell the full story, which made everyone angry at Semantic Mastery. The whole facade was due to an ignorant person who couldn’t convey the whole story properly.”
I partially agree, but at the same time, it was also, I think we should have reserved any comment until we had seen the comment ourselves or verified the comment and also in its full context. Again, anything can be taken out of context guys and we reacted to something that could have very well been taken out of context. Again, I wanna apologize for that because that wasn’t very professional, at least as a brand from what I think. Again, what Marco said about the specific comment, that’s fine, but I’m just saying there was no attack there and I just wanted to clarify that.
Again, D, I appreciate your reply here. So thank you very much. But we’re gonna move on. As Marco said, we’re happy, [email protected] for anybody to come on our show at any time and we just accepted the offer to come onto his as well. So let’s make it happen. If somebody wants to debate, and that’s perfectly fine.
What Are Your Thoughts On WP Gutenberg Editor?
Jordan says, “Has anyone taken the new WP Gutenberg editor,” I don’t even what the hell that is, “for a spin yet and did it break anything, namely the Semantic Mastery RSS plugin, Ultimate SEO Plus, or anything else we typically use per SM’s recommendations?”
I don’t even know what this is. Is anybody else familiar with this?
Adam: No. I’m just checking it out myself. I’d heard of it, but it looks like it’s the new editor. I’m sure Jordan could enlighten us and let us know if it’s already live or something. But that’s just the name of the new editor that’s out there.
Bradley: Oh, okay. I saw it inside one of my WordPress sites today about a new editor coming soon.
Adam: Yeah. It looks like it’s kind of going the way of the … I forget what it’s called, but … God, I’m having a total brain fart. But anyways, where you have like content blocks instead of more of the text type editor.
Bradley: Yeah, like a modular page-
Adam: Digital composer. That was what I was trying to think of.
Bradley: Yeah. Visual builder.
Adam: Yeah.
Bradley: Yeah. Okay. I know I haven’t used it yet. Unfortunately, Jordan, no. But I can imagine it’s a … I don’t know. I mean, it might break shit. I don’t know. I can’t imagine why it would though, because, for example, I use Thrive Themes. We just had to update our subscription to that again, which is freaking expensive. I use Thrive Themes for a lot of sites and that’s a modular page builder, and it doesn’t break anything – that I’ve noticed. Like the Syndication still work, the blog post still syndicate. I haven’t seen anything buggy, but I don’t know. We shall see, Jordan. I’m sure you will see reports in the Syndication Academy group if that happens. Okay.
Have You Tried Manipulating Q&A On A GMB And Saw A Difference In Map Rankings?
Brian says, “Anyone in here manipulate the Q&A on GMB and saw a difference in map rankings?” I have not. I haven’t done much with that yet. In fact, I haven’t done a whole lot with Google My Business other than just maintain client properties recently because I’m working on the prospecting and sales side of it to be added to the Local GMB Pro training once I’ve proven the method. First, I have to develop it, which is in progress now, but then I have to prove it, and then I’m gonna share that with Local GMB Pro.
I haven’t done much in there but maybe Marco has. Marco, what do you say?
Marco: Yeah. I mean, it’s one of the things that you have to try. Whether there’s a difference or not, we share our findings inside our Facebook group. We try to keep everything in there as far as what we do inside GMB. Generally, yeah, you can manipulate Q&A and then you could see for yourself whether there’s a difference in map rankings. It’s not that difficult, right? What’s that called? Answer The Public. Go to Answer The Public, get a ton of questions that you could then answer and see if there’s a difference when you do that, see if there’s a difference in map rankings.
Really, Bryon, the whole point behind our GMB training is we don’t care about ranking. We don’t care. It doesn’t make a difference. We concentrate on results. Are we getting phone calls? Are we getting visits to the website? Are we getting direction requests, if you have a brick and mortar or an office where people go? That’s all we care about.
When you’re doing that, you’re getting paid, man. We wanted to give people the ability to do that. Now, as a side effect, let’s call it, of all of this that happens inside GMB, yeah, you will start ranking in the 3-Pack and you will start ranking in organic search.
Bradley: Okay. I locked it on you for a minute because I had to pause the screen because I want to show something. I know this is part of the case study inside Google My–, or excuse me, Local GMB Pro and I just want to point this out because of what Marco just mentioned. I don’t mind showing this.
If we go to Insights here, this is the project that I used as the case study, which, by the way, I’ve got a second case study that I’m gonna be adding in the Local GMB Pro for a contractor, which is awesome because that’s primarily my business, the type of industry that I target. So I’m actually looking forward to that.
This taxi service one was kind of boring for me because it’s not an industry that I have much interest in. Right? But it just worked out that he was a new client right at the time we were launching the Local GMB Pro so I thought it would be a good case study.
But what I wanna point out here, and let me just zoom in very briefly guys, because this is what the point Marco was trying to make, is the fact that, just take a look at this. Look at some of the interactions. He got 16 interactions for the short single term phrase taxi and then 12 interactions in the last 30 days for cab.
Trust me, he’s not ranking for those terms. If you go to Charlottesville, which is where this guy is, where this company is and you search for, or you set your rank tracker to Charlottesville, or any one of those zip codes within the Charlottesville proper or anything like that and use … Because I use BrightLocal and that’s how you set local reports to track for maps, for mobile, and for desktop.
Anyways, you can set the actual search location. That’s not perfect, but it’s better than doing it without setting a specific location. My BrightLocal reports don’t show him ranking anywhere near page two, page three, page four for some of these single phrase keywords. But yet this is absolute proof that in the last month people have been exposed to his business for these short phrases, if you see that.
Again, it has nothing to do with rankings, guys. If you don’t understand what the Local GMB Pro service is or how it produces results, go back and watch one of our webinars where we’ve talked about it – like the launch webinar or whatever – because we go into great detail as to how this works or at least how we know it’s working because it’s producing results.
But it’s not something that can be tracked by regular ranked trackers because it’s pretty much all speaking to the mobile algorithm and to individualized personal search results based upon browsing history, where they’re located, so geolocation and all of that.
Again, it’s very interesting how this stuff works. We’re getting actual exposure and engagement from keywords that we aren’t showing anywhere near page one in the reports. Does that make sense? I wouldn’t even think to track these keywords, to be honest with you, because they’re such short-tailed keywords. In the past, it would be damn near impossible to rank for those, right?
But you can see I’m absolutely getting engagement from those, or this company is anyways. Okay. It’s crazy. Because I, mean, look at this, guys, 81 actions within the last month alone, 29 visits to the website, 51 calls, and one text message chat from only 134 maps exposures. So, I mean, that’s pretty incredible, right?
Marco, do you want to comment on that at all or should I move on?
Marco: No, no, man. We said we were gonna turn SEO on its ear. This is results driven SEO. It’s no longer about ranking; we don’t care. It’s no longer about the 3-pack. We don’t care. It’s all about results. We produce results for clients, clients pay us. ‘Nuff said.
Bradley: Yeah. Again, it’s independent of rankings, guys. Rankings are cool because we’re SEOs. We’d like to see all that and a lot of clients have been conditioned to expect to see ranking in reports too. But I’ve had to re-educate my long-standing clients and my new clients, you know, people that are coming in new, I tell them right off the bat, “Forget about traditional rank trackers, that’s old. Who cares whether you’re ranking or not if nobody’s seen it? Because it’s all mobile algorithm now and it’s mobile indexing first and because of that we should be focused in on mobile data, which Insights is primarily mobile data.
So my point is, if I can show … Remember, Insights is only showing the mobile activity, it’s not showing desktop and laptop activity. So my point is what you’re showing in Insights is actually only a portion of what the type of engagement signals that they should actually be receiving. Because, remember, GMB Insights does not track people that … It might track a click to the website, but if somebody picks up the phone, because they landed on your website and then calls from another phone, unless it’s from their mobile device where it’s a tap to call and Google can now attribute that call directly to either from the search results, from the mobile device directly from the search results, or from a post, a GMB post, or from the website that they can determine that.
But if somebody’s looking on a laptop and they see the maps listings, see the phone number, and then they call from their mobile device that’s not going to track as an engagement signal in GMB Insights if that makes sense.
So my point is the Insights shows so much engagement on mobile but that’s only a portion of the overall engagement or exposure that that business is actually getting because of, like I said, the restrictions on laptop and desktop not being able to track some of the actions that that visitor is taking, if that makes sense. Okay?
Again, it’s one of the most powerful things that I’ve seen. I think it’s incredible how quickly you could generate leads from GMB stuff, guys. So in case you haven’t joined it yet, do so.
Marco: One of the things that I’m constantly harping about in the Facebook group is that you need to be able to track everything just because of what you said. Because if you don’t, then you’re not going to be able to track some of the conversions. Some of them will take place on websites, some of them will take place by other means, but maybe they go and fill out a contact form or whatever. You need to be able to track everything so you can get paid for everything.
Do You See Value In Adding GSites To Keep A Site Active?
Bradley: This is cool. Steve. Okay. Steve says, “I know you have described the Google Plus as a wasteland before, so do you see value in this new addition to G sites to keep the site active possibly via IFTTT?” G sites and there’s links here, guys. That’s interesting because this was just published on July 30th, so literally nine days ago or 10 days ago.
That’s crazy because Google Plus has been absolutely, Google has been pooling Google Plus’s integration with all of their other products. They’ve been doing it over the last two years really. They’ve been pulling it out slowly but surely. For example, you don’t see Google Plus as an option inside of GMB anymore, inside of Google My Business. It doesn’t automatically create a brand page anymore. You actually kind of have to dig around to figure out how to create a brand page now. It’s interesting.
They’ve taken it out of YouTube. They’ve taken it out of just pretty much everything. So it’s interesting to see that just 10 days ago they’re posting an article about adding G Plus streams as a new feature to Google sites.
As I’ve said this before, guys, look, as long as Google Plus is still around, it is still available, I think you should still be using it because it’s still a Google product. If you can integrate it and connect it with all of your other Google products – your Google site, your drive stacks, your Google profile, all of those, your YouTube channel – there’s no reason why you shouldn’t use it because once again you’re just giving Google more of what it wants.
I do think that’s a great idea embedding … Look, I’m not gonna … Marco’s our iFrame genius and we had a discussion in our MasterMIND community, actually the Facebook group specifically about iFrames and how freaking fabulously they’re working. Marco was commenting on that just recently, the last couple days.
Again, that’s because if you’ve got an embedded Google stream, Google Plus stream, then yeah, that’s great because you’re just creating this iFrame tunnel, like picture-in-picture type thing, that’s just Google properties and it ends up creating a loop. As long as you close the loop with your G site iFrames and you can iFrame into it, like add ID pages, we talked about that kind of stuff in the Syndication Academy for the February update webinar. Everybody loves that. We call it the iFrame, local iFrame loop.
All those things are incredibly powerful and it’s because they’re utilizing iFrames. If you can utilize Google iFrames, you’re gonna squeeze a lot of juice out of it.
Do you want to comment on that?
Marco: No, man, that’s perfect.
Bradley: Okay. We’re good. We’re gonna keep moving. Steve, thanks for pointing that out because that’s a pretty cool update. I’m gonna have to play around with that a little bit. Okay.
Armand’s up. He says, “Not sure how I’m ignorant for wanting …” Oh, well, maybe that was Armand that posted that before. “I thought it was a bold claim by Josh to say he could have it shut down in a snap of a finger. I wasn’t trying to make anyone angry, just thought that was interesting.”
Yeah. Armand, I appreciate that. If that was you that posted that last week or whatever, I get that. All I was saying was that I don’t think we should have commented until we had verified the comment on our own. Not that I’m saying you’re lying about it, but I’m saying, again, on our part, we should have verified the comment and listened to maybe the conversation in its entirety before replying. That’s how I should have handled it and I didn’t, and I apologize for that.
I’m not attacking anybody or you, Armand. Just so you know, guys. That’s not how we are. That’s not who we are. Hey, what did I say? Don’t start none, won’t be none. You know what I mean? But thank you. Yeah.
Really, again, Armand, I don’t wanna get into debate about this. Armand came with a comment and we should have verified it before commenting. That’s all there is to it. Okay.
What Are Your Thoughts On Google Loving HTML Sites Over WordPress Pages?
Gordon’s up. He says, “Hey guys. Thank you very much again for your Hump Days help. It’s greatly appreciated.” Well, you’re welcome, Gordon. He says, “I’ve read everywhere for some time that Google loves WordPress and if you want to rank on the first page more easily you must use WordPress. But lately, I’ve been reading that Google now loves HTML sites much better and that is what we should be using. What is the truth?”
Honestly, you can rank either one. It doesn’t matter. I think it’s funny how things come full circle. It used to be HTML, then it became WordPress. The reason why WordPress has ranked so well is because it’s been industry standard for so long. The problem with WordPress though is, especially now with mobile first indexing, is the fact that WordPress sites are typically a hell of a lot slower and there’s a number of factors that affect that. Right? Hosting being one of the primary factors, but there’s a number of factors that cause WordPress pages, even responsive WordPress themes to load slowly.
Since everything is a mobile indexing first algorithm now, that’s what Google search results are based upon mobile indexing first that rolled out at the end of July. Guys, that’s absolute fact now. Because of that HTML sites load incredibly fast. So much faster than WordPress sites, if you don’t know how to optimize for PageSpeed.
I haven’t read anything about that. I don’t know what the debate is about that specifically right now, because I don’t follow that kind of stuff typically, but I imagine that is a very real debate. I can imagine that is going on right now. I can understand why HTML would probably rank better now because PageSpeed is supposedly a ranking factor, and especially more so now because of the mobile indexing first, mobile first index, excuse me.
Again, HTML sites load incredibly quick. I love HTML sites. I use them a lot for, again, for add Id pages and for a lot of one-off stuff. I just create an HTML page because I can edit it in Notepad++ and then just upload it to a server and it loads quickly. It’s simple to maintain and I don’t have to worry about WordPress updates and security issues and all the other shit that goes on with WordPress.
Anybody wanna comment on that?
Marco: Yeah. We have an AMP plugin and its in Facebook and I’m gonna go to the top and it’s called, on our Facebook group it’s called AMP Creators Mastermind. You can get the plug-in from there, the most up-to-date plug-in. There’s also video that details how to use it and how you can do just some really neat tricks with Google. Google will actually give you ideas and advice on what you need to do with your AMP pages to manipulate Google. How good is that?
AMP Creators Mastermind, the plug-in is in there. It’s free. We’re not charging for it. Just ask to join the group and you’ll get access to the plug-in.
Bradley: Yeah. Just to try and kind of finish up on this question, Gordon, you asked, so what should we be using? Honestly, what’s gonna be easier for you? Right? I mean, here’s the thing. WordPress, the nice thing about WordPress and probably why it has become industry standard for so long, is because there’s so much functionality, between the plugins and all that other stuff.
There’s so much functionality that you can add without having to understand coding, or HTML coding, anyways. So, excuse me. That’s probably why it had become industry standard.
Personally, I can’t do HTML sites other than a simple one pager site. Because I don’t know how to add CSS files and all that, I just don’t know how to do all that. I just know basic HTML. So I always just download an HTML template and then just edit it with the content that I need and upload it for single page stuff. And I do a lot of one page stuff with HTML sites, but I don’t know how to build a full-on website out of HTML and I don’t really care to ever learn how to do that either.
Really, Gordon, it’s what should you be using, whatever is easiest for you and your most efficient with. Because WordPress sites can absolutely be sped up to PageSpeed isn’t the issue. Right? I mean, you might have to be a PageSpeed nerd or expert, happen to be able to do that, but there’s lots of those out there. We’ve got several of them in our Mastermind.
I am not a PageSpeed expert. I know how to do a few things to get it good enough. But I know some of our MasterMIND members that, they tweak and tweak and tweak until they get these incredibly fast load times. I just don’t have the patience to do all that. You know what I mean? If get it fast enough to where it loads quick enough, then it’s not going to be an issue. Okay.
Should You Make All Page Updates And Changes At Once Or Should You Do It As Soon As You’re Done With A Page?
That’s a great question though, by the way. All right. Next one is Greg. Greg. What’s up, Greg? He says, “Hey guys. Over the next few weeks, I will do a significant rewriting and editing of all pages on my site enough so that the rankings will dance all over the place. Do you recommend keeping all updates in draft mode as I write and then posting all the changes on the same day? Or post each page’s edits as they are done over a period of the next few weeks which could keep the site dancing much longer? Thanks.”
That’s a good one. I’ve never tested that, Greg. I can tell you how I’ve done that in the past and that was to just publish the updates as they were completed. Because if it’s a site that’s gonna take a few weeks, because of the amount of content that it’s gonna be updated and it’s gonna take a few weeks, I typically just do all the updates or publish the updates as they occur, as I complete them.
Here’s my logic behind that. Although, guys, I have not tested this, and I’m curious to see what the other guys say, but my logic behind doing it, dripping it out as the changes are completed is that Google’s algorithm, if it’s tuned to identify or to notice that changes are being made in sites, which it is, we know that for sure, but it’s being done slowly over time, it’s logical to me that Google would understand that that site is being updated. There’s a lot of content so it’s gonna take time.
As opposed to doing all the changes in draft mode and then making all the updates at once, that seems more like an activity that an SEO would do. At least, that’s my opinion. But again, guys, this is completely conjectured on my opinion at this point, because I have not tested it. I’ve just always done it in a dripped out fashion because of how I feel it to be a logical reason to do that, if that makes sense.
Again, it’s not tested. That’s just my assumption. Anybody here wanna take a different approach or different angle?
Marco: Yeah. I do it all at once as if it were redesigned. That’s how I take it. I’m redesigning the website, maybe I’m doing the silo architecture, or whatever, and so it just goes live all at once.
Bradley: Okay. As far as dancing, have you tested one against the other to see if-?
Marco: No, because I always do it all at once. I don’t like going back or setting it. You have to set the calendar for each one of those to go out or maybe once it’s done, you have to publish it. Instead, you just have everything ready and then you publish all at once. I think it’s a preference. He may be right, he could set his website dancing time after time after time after time. I haven’t tested that.
Bradley: That’s interesting. That’d be an interesting test, Greg. I mean, I don’t know how I would do. It’s funny because Marco does it one way, I’ve done it the other. So I guess to make a choice. We don’t really know which one’s going … Because we haven’t tested it, I don’t wanna give you a false answer as to which has more of a dancing effect or a prolonged dancing effect versus the other. I can’t tell you honestly. But that would be an interesting test at some point.
Marco: I think Hernan was about to chime in.
Bradley: Were you?
Hernan: Yeah. I was about to say that I agree with you guys. I agree with Bradley in that regard. I was just going to say that I agree.
Does Your Subscription Level In Newswire Influence The Local SEO Power Of A Press Release?
Bradley: Okay. Kay Dee says, “When buying press release from newswire, does the subscription level influence its local SEO power? Is a $97 contributor PR sufficient? As seen here. Also, is it safe to use newswire for repeated weekly submissions or is it necessary to mix up the PR providers?”
Okay, great questions. Newswire is fine. There’s nothing wrong with newswire. As far as I know that the subscription levels shouldn’t make any difference – it’s the distribution level. So, if a higher subscription level gives you better distribution, then yes, the higher subscription levels would produce better results, or they should produce better results, because they mean more distribution. Right?
But as far as I know, if you’re talking about newswire.net, then the subscription levels only adjust, it’s the same distribution network, but they just – and again, I hope I have this right – but I think the different subscription levels, it’s all the same distribution network, it’s just the number of press releases that can be submitted within a given month is what is determined by the subscription level, not the number of distribution sites, if that makes sense.
So, if that’s the case, then no. This wouldn’t make any difference at all because you just get the same distribution level as somebody that might have an agency or a journalist, or whatever the different levels are that they say. Right? It’s the same distribution level or network so the same number of sites that it gets republished to. But somebody with a higher subscription level can submit more press releases within a given timeframe if that makes sense. Now again, if you look at the different pricing options and higher subscription levels have more distribution, then yes, it would make a difference. Okay. So really think about it that way. All right.
Is It Safe To Use Newswire For Repeated Weekly Submissions?
“Also, is it safe to use newswire repeatedly for weekly submissions?” Yeah, it is. The only reason why we talked about mixing up PR providers is because, especially if you’re doing PR stacking, well, even if you’re just doing direct press releases to money sites, for example, as your target URLs, like money sites or maps listings and stuff like that, is if you repeatedly hit it over and over again to the same distribution network, there comes a point where there’s diminishing returns.
I don’t know what that point is, when that threshold occurs or what it takes to cross that threshold. But I do know that I’ve experienced through, especially when I was testing all the stuff that we did for Local PR Pro, which is our training on how to do press release stacking and how to use press releases for ranking and the maps pack really, really quickly. Anyways, when I was doing all my testing for that I found that, when I started to vary the distribution networks, so essentially Newswire.net was one of them, PressCable, which was Chris Munch’s, we also have two press release services in Serp Space that we used. So I have two distribution networks there, plus, you know …
So my point is, I’ve used as many as four different distribution networks for a PR stack for one business. So if I’m going to do four press releases, I might use four different distribution networks and then I get a much more diverse backlink profile. Right? There are a number of sites that are gonna be present on almost every distribution network. They’re common because their press cables that are popular and they’re easy access. But every single distribution network are gonna have some of their own unique distribution partners that the others do not.
That’s why I said that’s the only reason why I would recommend that you have, if PRs or press releases is one of your main services that you provide for your business, then I would recommend that you get some subscriptions in some other press release distribution networks so that you have that diversity available. Right?
Guys, I love press release. I think they’re absolutely amazing. I freaking love them. For SEO purposes, I use press releases like they’re going out of style. It’s one of my primary methods for getting results now, is just using press releases. I mean, in addition to the other SM stuff, like Semantic Mastery stuff that we do – drive stacks, syndication networks, now Local GMB Pro. But press releases are my go-to thing, guys, when I need quick movement, when I need backlinks, when I need citations. It’s just super, super powerful. So I use a number of different services, distribution networks, and I recommend that you do as well. Okay.
Marco: One of the things that works really well for me, and I only do this for stuff that really, really matters, is I’ll set up a press release stack the way that we teach in Local PR Pro, and then somewhere along that stack, sometimes the very last one, I’ll hit it with something like PR web. Now guys, before you go, it’s expensive, right? If you choose, I think, the top level is something like 400 bucks, the next one down is nearly 300 bucks, I always choose the next one down from the top. But you get so much exposure and distribution that it’ll help push everything that you’ve done with the PR stack.
Now again, I do this when it’s something, maybe I’ve come across something that’s really difficult but I know that my client is gonna make a ton of money, and so I’ll go and I’ll get one of these releases. Again, PR Web is one and I forget the one owned by, I always forget the name, the one owned by Warren Buffett. They have a press release service. But either one. I mean, you can’t go wrong, but you will have to spend the money. But then again, just charge the client for it.
Bradley: Yeah. Awesome. But yeah, Kay Dee, a great service. I’m telling you. Actually, yeah, this gives me an opportunity real quick to point something out. So I’m developing prospecting funnel. I’ve been working on it for fucking months, man. No kidding, months and months and months. It’s taken so much longer than I planned. But I’m glad though because, it is difficult to set up through trial and error to get it to work, but because of that not many others out there are willing to do it, which means we’re gonna have a unique product that works incredibly well.
I’m teaching everybody in MasterMIND how to do it, how to build these prospecting funnels. The ultimate goal is, once I have it down and, like the prospecting funnel is absolutely working incredibly well, our sales process still sucks for selling, well, it’s still in development, but the prospecting funnel is working incredibly well.
The reason I bring this up is because, actually my outreach campaign, the cold prospecting emails, because we’re using cold outreach emails right now as our primary prospecting method and it’s working like crazy. I’m gonna show you my pipe drive account here in just a moment for the agency that I’ve been testing all this stuff on, which is my own agency, Big Bamboo Marketing. I’ve been targeting specifically tree service contractors.
But the outreach sequence that I’m using, the cold email sequence that I’m using is a modified sequence that I got from PressCable. I’ve just mentioned that I used Chris Munch’s PressCable as one of my distribution networks for press releases and I have a White Label reseller agency account with them. One of the things that they have inside there is … By the way, we should probably get with Chris Munch at some point and do a promo for his PressCable, because I do use it so much, guys. If somebody wants to make a note of that.
Anyways, it’s a good service. He’s got this White Label agency, like email campaign thing in there, that don’t do all the emailing from their servers. I don’t recommend it, though. Here’s why: because, first of all, it’s templated content. Guys, templated content, if it gets used by too many people, well, Google’s servers and mail filters, it will filter it out. It will send it to spam or send it directly to promotional. Because Google has a machine learning, guys. Google will recognize the same message being sent by dozens and dozens of emails, or even hundreds, or even thousands of emails sending from domains and such. So Google will actually start filtering and automatically classifying certain emails as spam.
So inside PressCable, if you use, and I’m not speaking bad about it, I think it’s good, but what I’m saying is, the templates, the email templates are, I guarantee you that most people don’t go in and edit them considerably, which is what you should do. Right? Anytime somebody gives you an email template, a sequence that’s been templated, you should go in and edit it, customize it specific for your business and change the messaging so that it’s specific for your messaging. Because again, then it becomes unique and it won’t get caught up in the spam filters if too many people use it. So that’s number one.
Number two, they also do the mailing from their own sending domains. I found through testing that most of them are undeliverable or they get rejected by web mail hosts or they go to spam or promotional folder. I know because I’ve tested them. So what I did was I actually pulled all the email copy out, edited everything to be more specific to my business, and then I started sending using GMass in my own sending domains through G suite – so Google apps, Google suite. Now I’m using GMass.co which is fabulous. It’s great for cold outreach prospecting emails. I’m using that, plus my own sending domains, which are alias domains in a G suite account. And we’re getting incredible results.
Here, let me show you, just to prove to you, guys. This is from three weeks of mailing. Take a look at this. I know it’s small on your end, but this is from three weeks of consistent mailing as of yesterday. We only mail Monday through Friday. You can see I’ve got 36 active leads in my pipeline right now. All tree services, because I mentioned that I’m targeting specifically tree service companies.
The reason I’m telling you all this is because I’m using the PressCable sequence that’s a modified version of it, specific to my business, where we’re pitching PR services on the front-end. That’s what’s actually filling this pipeline right now. Again, this is from, we started on Tuesday, three weeks ago, we’ve been mailing five days a week for three weeks. We’ve got 36 inbound leads, which is crazy. Right?
This has been, by far, the most successful prospecting method I’ve used. PRs are a great front-end product especially because you can get really quick wins. So that’s kind of what our pitch is on the front-end right now, is using PR or press releases to kind of get their attention. Okay. Anyways, great that you’re doing that. I like to see it when other people are running with something that works and I know that they work. Okay.
This is Dan, right?
Marco: Yeah, it’s Dan.
Bradley: Okay. “Switched everything to liquidweb.” Cool. That’s awesome, Dan. Remember that conversation we had about hosting and Dan was like, “You got an affiliate link?” I think this was last week or maybe two weeks ago, but yeah, that’s awesome. “How can I get the VIP option?” Just reach out at Support. “Along with the VIP ticket, you’re good to go.” That’s right. Okay, cool. Anyways, Adam got you, Dan. We’ll get you squared.
Yeah, that’s what I saw. Okay. I didn’t realize it was called Gutenberg. Thanks, Jordan. Yeah. Let us know what happens.
Dan, that comes up. The GMB keywords will come up. It’s been rolling out. Not all of my GMB listings show that. Most of them do now, but not all of them. So just be patient. You should start seeing that soon. It’s rolling out I think to all GMB Insights reporting. It’s just, like I said, some of my listings don’t have it, but almost all of them do. So just be patient though, you’ll see that soon.
Yeah. Google Plus has had the world’s longest funeral. Yeah. You know what’s funny about that, guys? You could go back to when we first started Hump Day Hangouts, which I think was in 2013. Maybe ‘14? I guess it was '14. Anyways, whenever it was that we started it, and there was people back then, ever since Google Plus, creation there’s been those people out there, the haters, that said Google Plus is dead. I’m not kidding. You can search probably Google right now, Google Plus is dead, and find articles that were posted like in 2012 that says: Google Plus is dead, it’s a ghost town, it’s going by the wayside.
It was funny because for many years, I would see articles pretty fairly consistently, on social media examiner and all these sites and stuff, that were talking about Google Plus is dead and blah, blah, blah. Yet Google was actually incorporating more and more of Google Plus into its algorithm. Again, when Google first started adding the Semantic Web to how its algorithm worked, like Google Plus was to be used as an identity validator. It was a way to validate somebody as a real person because of the connections that they would have on the web.
Why do you think syndication networks work so well? Because it’s very similar to what Google Plus was trying to do by making all of its products integrate with a singular profile, a Google Plus profile. It was a way to validate an identity of person and tie all of those products to that individual person. Right? That’s part of the reason that they did it.
It’s funny because I remember back in 2012 and '13 and '14 when these articles were coming about Google Plus being dead and Google’s killing it off and all that, I was saying, “No, Google’s not gonna kill it off. It’s so much a part of its semantic algorithm now that there’s no way they’re gonna kill it off.” Well, here we are many years later and I see its death, like Wayne said, it’s a very long and slow funeral, or very long and slow death really. It’s not the funeral yet because it’s not completely dead. But it’s like they’ve been on this terminal illness for the last two years.
I remember years ago, and the reason I brought up the Hump Day Hangouts was because I remember debating that on Hump Day Hangouts and me saying, “I don’t think it’ll ever be taken away. Or if it is, it’s gonna be a long time in the future because it’s been so integrated into how Google identifies or validates an identity and ties all of their products together to one specific person.”
But here we are several years later and they have actually started winding it down, but like Wayne mentioned, it’s been at least two years now that they’ve been pulling this stuff out of products and it’s still in progress, if that makes sense. So it’s interesting to see all these years later the prediction that I made, that it wasn’t gonna be removed entirely, or if it did it was going to take a long time, it’s kind of coming to be true. And all those other people that were like, “Oh, it’s dead,” five, six years ago, they were proven wrong. You know what I mean?
Marco: Who was it? It was Steve Cato that gave us that Google blog and the embed Google stream. Because I just got an idea for a webinar on how we can just totally maximize the use of this with everything that we do, not only in RYS Reloaded, but in Google My Business. Steve, if you’re not in either one, I’m going to invite you to the webinar anyway because you gave me the idea. Guys, if you are in, I’m just gonna give you some monster stuff on how you can manipulate this to death.
Bradley: And that’s in GMB Pro?
Marco: This will be a GMB Pro, but I’m gonna invite the RYS Reloaded guys because they can take advantage of it even if they’re not in Google My Business. I’m going to invite Steve Cato for putting that little itch in my brain on how this can be manipu- … I’ve been thinking about this the whole time we’re talking. I’m thinking, “All this shit and I can do this? And I can do this? And we can circle back doing this?” So it’s gonna be fun.
Bradley: We’ll talk about it, but invite the MasterMIND too then.
Marco: Steve, if you’re not in any of our groups or whatever, if you’re not in Facebook, you should at least be in our free group in Facebook, just reach out to me in Messenger and just give me your email address so I can send you an invitation to the webinar. It’ll take me about two, three, four weeks to set it all up, but once it’s done, I’ll make sure you get invited.
Bradley: Sweet. That’s pretty cool. So you guys you get rewarded for educating us, right?
Greg says, “This looked like a fair comparison.” Thanks, Greg. Actually, I’ve got it open over here. I’m gonna scroll through here and take a look. “Reason to choose HTML, my preference.” Yeah. That’s what I was saying. I mean, if I knew how to do, like build whole HTML websites, honestly, I shouldn’t be building websites anymore anyways, I should be outsourcing that. But there are times that I still do build a lot of single HTML pages because I do a lot of SEO stuff with those, so I do a lot of that on my own. Again, I just added it with Notepad++, it’s very simple to do.
But I don’t know how to build full-on websites with HTML. I don’t think I should be, anyways. I just don’t know how to do that. So if I need to build a whole website, then I just select WordPress. But then I do a few PageSpeed optimizations to cut down on load time. But I agree. I think HTML is a better route to go, but it causes a lot of other issues to not have the functionality that WordPress does.
Anyways, thanks, Greg. I appreciate that. Dominic says, he just had a birthday this week. Happy birthday, Dominic. He says, “Thrive Themes is expensive. I thinking I’m dropping them and moving to Divi 3.0 220 a year for an agency, unlimited sites. That sounds great, because I think we paid almost 600 bucks for our agency license, that we just renewed it this week. “Great drag and drop builder. Any thoughts?”
No. I don’t have any thoughts about it, just because I haven’t used Divi. I’m one of the types of people that I hate testing new WordPress themes or developers because they all have their own unique way of doing things and there’s such a learning curve. I don’t know, I’m not a web designer. So for me, there’s always such a learning curve every time I have to learn how to edit a different WordPress developers theme.
I’ve learned over the years, like I’ve used InkThemes, I-N-K Themes, which aren’t even great themes, to be honest with you, but I used them for years. That was my own. If a client wanted me to build them a website, all I would do was send them to the InkThemes marketplace to choose the template that they wanted, the design that they wanted. If they sent back an email saying, “I don’t really like these. Here are some others that I like,” and they pointed out other developers, I would tell them flat out, “Well, that’s fine, but now the web design cost is going up $1,000. Because I’m gonna have to hire somebody else to do the build instead of me because I don’t know how to do those themes and there’s gonna be a huge learning curve, or I would hire somebody else,”
That’s typically what I would do. If somebody had an existing website on a different theme that they wanted to keep or if they had a specific theme that was built by a developer that I didn’t know, or that I had no experience with, which was pretty much everybody else out there besides InkThemes, then I would either charge them to learn how to work on that theme. Or I would go to Upwork and find somebody that was proficient in that specific developer’s theme and then I would hire them to do it. But I would always add in a premium to that web design service specifically for that reason.
By the way, I’m really not very proficient at Thrive Themes either, but I know enough to be able to build some pages and stuff that look decent. Again, Thrive Themes is my, just, Dominic, for your sake, I know I haven’t used Divi, maybe one of the other guys have, if you’re real proficient with WordPress stuff, it might be easy for you, but for me, I’m sure there’s a learning curve that I don’t want to mess with yet.
Marco: It’s all I’m using now and of course Semantic Mastery has a scissor for all that stuff that we need for anything that needs to be coded or whatever else. But yeah, Divi is what I’ve been using for quite a while now.
Bradley: Yeah. Cool. Check it out, I think we’re done with the questions, guys. Yeah. Dan says he’s in Canada, so maybe next year. Yeah. I don’t know, maybe it’s gonna roll out slower in Canada, if you’re talking about the Insights keywords, Dan.
Anyways, guys, all right, I’m gonna wrap it up. Thanks everybody for being here. We’ll see everybody … Oh, we got MasterMIND webinar tomorrow, guys, so be there or be square.
Adam: Outstanding. Just a quick reminder, I wanted to say something before we wrap up, if you saw the emails Leads Recon from Ted Chen, he gave us a heck of a deal for subscribers, I’m gonna put the link on there, but price is going up. I mean, it’s been out for a while and he’s been working on it, it’s like doubling or something, the price tonight at midnight. So last chance to hop in on that if you want. I think between us, we own several licenses already, so I highly recommend this tool for you, if you’re interested in it.
Bradley: Offer leads recon?
Adam: Yeah.
Bradley: Did you drop the link again?
Adam: I’m gonna do that right now. I need to make sure I get the right one.
Bradley: Also, just for people that might not be on the event page, what is it, if you have the slug, at semanticmastery.com/ what? Or is it leadsrecon.com/semanticmastery or something?
Adam: You know what? I am logged in. Give me a 10 seconds here. If everyone can hold on, this is worth it to the people who want to grab it. I’ll make sure we get this right. It is Semantic Mastery-
Bradley: I did a walkthrough webinar of how I use the tool. So if you’re curious about how the tool works and everything, please watch the webinar. It’s a great tool and it’s a lifetime license for $297. I think it’s 297. It’s like 300 bucks.
Adam: Correct. Yeah. It’s going to a yearly and it’s gonna be something like double or triple that.
Bradley: Yeah. I think he said he was going like 697 for a lifetime option, but it’ll be 297 yearly. The lifetime option for 697, I think, is gonna go away soon. Anyways, my point is, if you’re interested in it at all, you can watch the webinar, you’ll see exactly how I use it. It’s great for getting lead data very, very quickly.
I use another tool, I use Lead Kahuna for most scraping. But I hired a VA to do it because Lead Kahuna pulls so much freaking data. It takes a long time to run and it pulls a ton of data. Most of the data we don’t use, but it does pull in a lot of additional data. Whereas Leads Recon is more about getting results very quickly and it doesn’t give you a whole shit ton of unnecessary data. So it runs real quick, it’s efficient, and it’s a good tool. I highly recommend that you check it out. Okay.
Adam: That’s good.
Bradley: All right, guys. We’ll see y'all next week. Thanks.
Adam: Bye everyone.
Marco: Bye.
Weekly Digital Marketing Q&A – Hump Day Hangouts – Episode 196 published first on your-t1-blog-url
0 notes
Text
Weekly Digital Marketing Q&A – Hump Day Hangouts – Episode 196
youtube
Click on the video above to watch Episode 196 of the Semantic Mastery Hump Day Hangouts.
Full timestamps with topics and times can be found at the link above.
The latest upcoming free SEO Q&A Hump Day Hangout can be found at http://semanticmastery.com/humpday.
Announcement
Adam: Hey yo! Welcome to Hump Day Hangouts Episode 196. We are live on this awesome 8th of the August, at 4 p.m. Eastern. We got almost the whole crew here today. It looks like Chris is missing. It’s pretty late right where he is, so cut him some slack. But we’ll just go down and say hello to everybody real quick. Hernan, how are you doing today?
Hernan: Hey, what’s up everybody? I’m really good. I’m kind of busy but excited to be here. I’m really excited for POFU Live 2018 as well. Things are coming up nicely, so I’m excited for that.
Adam: We’ll be talking more about that in just a minute. Marco, how are you doing?
Marco: I’m working on POFU, man, each and every day. If you guys knew – I can’t say, I’m sorry, I’m under NDA – what I was working on to just finally rid myself of this fucking bedbug that’s Google, you’d probably, I mean, you’d line up to pay me. But let’s just say we cracked the code and, well, I’m not gonna keep dropping F-bombs this early. Put the children away so I can go unfiltered. But having said that, man, POFU.
Bradley: ‘Nuff said.
Adam: Bradley, how about yourself, man?
Bradley: I’m good. I’m happy to be here. It’s hot as hell in Virginia right now. They’re like stupid hot. Fortunately, I’m in the air conditioning. It gets hot at my office because it’s in the upstairs. I got the fan running and everything, but it’s still hot.
Adam: Yeah. It just keeps getting hotter as the day goes on.
Bradley: Yeah, it sucks. But it’s all right. I’m still happy to be here. So let’s get to it.
Adam: Good deal. Well, real quick, if you’re just joining us for the first time, thanks for showing up. You can always catch these live like right now, or, if you’re watching this on YouTube, obviously, and catch the replay can ask questions and check it out later, whatever floats your boat. If you’re looking for the place to start with Semantic Mastery, we highly recommend the Battle Plan. You can find the link either on the page, again if you’re watching live or on YouTube.
Real quick, Hernan mentioned POFU Live. Hernan, what is this POFU Live bitch that you speak of?
Hernan: Well, POFU Live is gonna be an awesome event. The first event that we’re doing for Semantic Mastery. It’s gonna take place on October 19, 20, and 21st of October in Washington, DC. The entire Semantic Mastery crew is gonna be talking and we have some guest speakers as well. So we’re really excited about that.
The main point of the event is that we’ll help you guys reach in that POFU. Right? We talk about POFU, POFU, POFU, and whatnot. The entire theme of the event is how you reach that position where you can pretty much grow your business, get new clients, get your clients results faster, and how to scale the business that will put you in a POFU pretty, pretty fast.
The main idea is that we try to make it small so that we can kind of tailor the experience to each of you guys that are gonna be attending. So it’s gonna be pretty amazing.
Bradley: Yes. We’re gonna try to create like a three-step process for everybody that attends. Anybody that joins or wants to attend, when you purchase a ticket, you’re gonna get sent a survey, essentially, that you have to complete so that we can kind of tailor based on your specific business model, like what products and services you sell, what’s your target market, that kind of stuff. So that we can help you apply our three-step process, which is find clients, make the sale, fulfill the service scale. I mean, that was, I guess, four, but some of those can be combined. So it’s essentially prospecting, and selling, fulfilling a service, and then scaling.
That’s really what we want to do. That’s why, in part, why we’re trying to keep the number of attendees very, very small. It’s very limited to only 25 people because, obviously, we wouldn’t be able to sit down and literally help develop a plan for your specific business model if we had 200 people in the room.
That’s just part of the reason why we wanted to start our first one with a very small, limited audience, because we really wanna help everybody that comes walk away with the plan specific to their business and what their needs are, what their financial goals are, and what their needs are and all that.
Again, that’s all going to be information that you’re going to add to the survey before you come to the event so that we can have some time to look over and really custom tailor it for your business.
Adam: Definitely. Yeah. I just had a quick conversation this morning with Jeffrey Smith from SEO Design Solutions, from SEO Bootcamp, excuse me, also the SEO Ultimate Plugin, which we highly recommend. I had really good talk with him. I think you might be able to see it on our Facebook page, about a quick chat about what he’s gonna be talking about as a guest speaker at the event and why he’s excited to be there. I highly suggest heading over this Semantic Mastery Facebook page and checking that out.
Real quick too, speaking about the event, so we got some really cool tickets available for that. You can just come to the event if you want to, we got VIP tickets available for a little bit more where you can spend some time having fun goofing off with us, also networking, and enjoying it the day before we hop into things.
Then, there’s a special too. If you’re interested in joining the MasterMIND and taking things up a few notches, you can get a ticket to the event along with – I’m not gonna go to the details – a bunch of goodies, but also a year’s worth of the MasterMIND. So it’s a hell of a deal you’re basically getting to come to the event for free if you check that out.
I’m gonna put the link, or the links are already up there for the live event. So check that out. If you have any questions, shoot us email to [email protected].
All right. I think that is about it. Does anybody else have anything? No?
Bradley: No.
Hernan: I’m good.
Adam: Let’s get into it.
Bradley: All right. Give me one second. In case we need it. No more tofu. All right. Let me grab the screen. Sorry, I was looking at Greg’s image already. Okay. I think we’re good. Are we good? Can you guys see me? Can you see my screen?
Adam: Yes.
Marco: Yep.
Clarifications On Josh Bachynski’s Statement
Bradley: All right. First up is Paul Williams. Yeah. Okay. I’ve read this earlier a couple of days ago, actually, before it was posted, or at least I saw it a couple days ago. Yeah, last week … Oops, sorry guys. Last week or I don’t know if it was last week, it might have been the week before, anyways, somebody had come on to the Hump Day Hangouts and posted a comment about something that they said Josh Bachynski said. I just wanna clarify that we commented on it and engaged with that comment without actually verifying the comment on our own. So, essentially, somebody came and posted and said, “Hey, this happened on somebody else’s show, this is what they said.”
Well, that could be taken out of context, and we did comment on that comment without having verified the comment ourselves and seen it in full context and that was improper on our part. So I just wanna clear the air on that. Semantic Mastery and is by no means trying to pick a fight with anybody. That’s not what we’re about. I think that’s juvenile and I think that reflects poorly on us.
So I want to kind of clarify that. There was no harm intended. I just wanna make sure everybody understands that. There’s not gonna be any fighting in the SEO world between Semantic Mastery and anybody else. Marco has his own opinions and he’s perfectly entitled to it; that’s part of his charm. But I just wanna make it very clear that we were wrong for comment, or at least I feel like we should have at least verified the comment first and foremost and seen it in full context before we said anything at all. I just wanna clarify that.
I know Marco wants to say something about it. Marco, please feel free.
Marco: Yes. At no point did I take whatever was claimed that Josh said as a criticism of Semantic Mastery nor did it get under my skin. I didn’t feel that that was aimed at Semantic Mastery or at anything that we do. If anyone thinks that all we do is drive stacks, then they don’t know Semantic Mastery. There’s no reason for anything to get under my skin. I went after a specific comment, which may or may not have been made. Some say it was said multiple times, whatever, it doesn’t matter now.
I will tell you this: nobody’s going to control my mouth and nobody’s going to tell me what to say or how to say. I say it how it comes out. If it comes out unfiltered, well, fuck it. That’s just the way it is. That’s just the way it comes out. I don’t try to control what I say. I just let it flow, man. If it comes out wrong, well, it just comes out wrong.
I was commenting on something that was said specific and I dealt with that. I’m going to leave it at that. Of course, it was my opinion, not the opinion of Semantic Mastery. It’s what I said. I see at the bottom of that, that Josh said to invite us on the show, well, our email is [email protected], you’re welcome to write to us, invite us, and I’ll be happy to show and we can have a discussion.
But again, nobody is going to control my mouth. That’s just the way it is. I’m unfiltered. That’s how it goes.
Bradley: Amen. D Kard posted a reply, and I appreciate this, D, because he says that, “Essentially, this was just a misunderstanding created by an ignorant person who came on Hump Day Hangouts and didn’t tell the full story, which made everyone angry at Semantic Mastery. The whole facade was due to an ignorant person who couldn’t convey the whole story properly.”
I partially agree, but at the same time, it was also, I think we should have reserved any comment until we had seen the comment ourselves or verified the comment and also in its full context. Again, anything can be taken out of context guys and we reacted to something that could have very well been taken out of context. Again, I wanna apologize for that because that wasn’t very professional, at least as a brand from what I think. Again, what Marco said about the specific comment, that’s fine, but I’m just saying there was no attack there and I just wanted to clarify that.
Again, D, I appreciate your reply here. So thank you very much. But we’re gonna move on. As Marco said, we’re happy, [email protected] for anybody to come on our show at any time and we just accepted the offer to come onto his as well. So let’s make it happen. If somebody wants to debate, and that’s perfectly fine.
What Are Your Thoughts On WP Gutenberg Editor?
Jordan says, “Has anyone taken the new WP Gutenberg editor,” I don’t even what the hell that is, “for a spin yet and did it break anything, namely the Semantic Mastery RSS plugin, Ultimate SEO Plus, or anything else we typically use per SM’s recommendations?”
I don’t even know what this is. Is anybody else familiar with this?
Adam: No. I’m just checking it out myself. I’d heard of it, but it looks like it’s the new editor. I’m sure Jordan could enlighten us and let us know if it’s already live or something. But that’s just the name of the new editor that’s out there.
Bradley: Oh, okay. I saw it inside one of my WordPress sites today about a new editor coming soon.
Adam: Yeah. It looks like it’s kind of going the way of the … I forget what it’s called, but … God, I’m having a total brain fart. But anyways, where you have like content blocks instead of more of the text type editor.
Bradley: Yeah, like a modular page-
Adam: Digital composer. That was what I was trying to think of.
Bradley: Yeah. Visual builder.
Adam: Yeah.
Bradley: Yeah. Okay. I know I haven’t used it yet. Unfortunately, Jordan, no. But I can imagine it’s a … I don’t know. I mean, it might break shit. I don’t know. I can’t imagine why it would though, because, for example, I use Thrive Themes. We just had to update our subscription to that again, which is freaking expensive. I use Thrive Themes for a lot of sites and that’s a modular page builder, and it doesn’t break anything – that I’ve noticed. Like the Syndication still work, the blog post still syndicate. I haven’t seen anything buggy, but I don’t know. We shall see, Jordan. I’m sure you will see reports in the Syndication Academy group if that happens. Okay.
Have You Tried Manipulating Q&A On A GMB And Saw A Difference In Map Rankings?
Brian says, “Anyone in here manipulate the Q&A on GMB and saw a difference in map rankings?” I have not. I haven’t done much with that yet. In fact, I haven’t done a whole lot with Google My Business other than just maintain client properties recently because I’m working on the prospecting and sales side of it to be added to the Local GMB Pro training once I’ve proven the method. First, I have to develop it, which is in progress now, but then I have to prove it, and then I’m gonna share that with Local GMB Pro.
I haven’t done much in there but maybe Marco has. Marco, what do you say?
Marco: Yeah. I mean, it’s one of the things that you have to try. Whether there’s a difference or not, we share our findings inside our Facebook group. We try to keep everything in there as far as what we do inside GMB. Generally, yeah, you can manipulate Q&A and then you could see for yourself whether there’s a difference in map rankings. It’s not that difficult, right? What’s that called? Answer The Public. Go to Answer The Public, get a ton of questions that you could then answer and see if there’s a difference when you do that, see if there’s a difference in map rankings.
Really, Bryon, the whole point behind our GMB training is we don’t care about ranking. We don’t care. It doesn’t make a difference. We concentrate on results. Are we getting phone calls? Are we getting visits to the website? Are we getting direction requests, if you have a brick and mortar or an office where people go? That’s all we care about.
When you’re doing that, you’re getting paid, man. We wanted to give people the ability to do that. Now, as a side effect, let’s call it, of all of this that happens inside GMB, yeah, you will start ranking in the 3-Pack and you will start ranking in organic search.
Bradley: Okay. I locked it on you for a minute because I had to pause the screen because I want to show something. I know this is part of the case study inside Google My–, or excuse me, Local GMB Pro and I just want to point this out because of what Marco just mentioned. I don’t mind showing this.
If we go to Insights here, this is the project that I used as the case study, which, by the way, I’ve got a second case study that I’m gonna be adding in the Local GMB Pro for a contractor, which is awesome because that’s primarily my business, the type of industry that I target. So I’m actually looking forward to that.
This taxi service one was kind of boring for me because it’s not an industry that I have much interest in. Right? But it just worked out that he was a new client right at the time we were launching the Local GMB Pro so I thought it would be a good case study.
But what I wanna point out here, and let me just zoom in very briefly guys, because this is what the point Marco was trying to make, is the fact that, just take a look at this. Look at some of the interactions. He got 16 interactions for the short single term phrase taxi and then 12 interactions in the last 30 days for cab.
Trust me, he’s not ranking for those terms. If you go to Charlottesville, which is where this guy is, where this company is and you search for, or you set your rank tracker to Charlottesville, or any one of those zip codes within the Charlottesville proper or anything like that and use … Because I use BrightLocal and that’s how you set local reports to track for maps, for mobile, and for desktop.
Anyways, you can set the actual search location. That’s not perfect, but it’s better than doing it without setting a specific location. My BrightLocal reports don’t show him ranking anywhere near page two, page three, page four for some of these single phrase keywords. But yet this is absolute proof that in the last month people have been exposed to his business for these short phrases, if you see that.
Again, it has nothing to do with rankings, guys. If you don’t understand what the Local GMB Pro service is or how it produces results, go back and watch one of our webinars where we’ve talked about it – like the launch webinar or whatever – because we go into great detail as to how this works or at least how we know it’s working because it’s producing results.
But it’s not something that can be tracked by regular ranked trackers because it’s pretty much all speaking to the mobile algorithm and to individualized personal search results based upon browsing history, where they’re located, so geolocation and all of that.
Again, it’s very interesting how this stuff works. We’re getting actual exposure and engagement from keywords that we aren’t showing anywhere near page one in the reports. Does that make sense? I wouldn’t even think to track these keywords, to be honest with you, because they’re such short-tailed keywords. In the past, it would be damn near impossible to rank for those, right?
But you can see I’m absolutely getting engagement from those, or this company is anyways. Okay. It’s crazy. Because I, mean, look at this, guys, 81 actions within the last month alone, 29 visits to the website, 51 calls, and one text message chat from only 134 maps exposures. So, I mean, that’s pretty incredible, right?
Marco, do you want to comment on that at all or should I move on?
Marco: No, no, man. We said we were gonna turn SEO on its ear. This is results driven SEO. It’s no longer about ranking; we don’t care. It’s no longer about the 3-pack. We don’t care. It’s all about results. We produce results for clients, clients pay us. ‘Nuff said.
Bradley: Yeah. Again, it’s independent of rankings, guys. Rankings are cool because we’re SEOs. We’d like to see all that and a lot of clients have been conditioned to expect to see ranking in reports too. But I’ve had to re-educate my long-standing clients and my new clients, you know, people that are coming in new, I tell them right off the bat, “Forget about traditional rank trackers, that’s old. Who cares whether you’re ranking or not if nobody’s seen it? Because it’s all mobile algorithm now and it’s mobile indexing first and because of that we should be focused in on mobile data, which Insights is primarily mobile data.
So my point is, if I can show … Remember, Insights is only showing the mobile activity, it’s not showing desktop and laptop activity. So my point is what you’re showing in Insights is actually only a portion of what the type of engagement signals that they should actually be receiving. Because, remember, GMB Insights does not track people that … It might track a click to the website, but if somebody picks up the phone, because they landed on your website and then calls from another phone, unless it’s from their mobile device where it’s a tap to call and Google can now attribute that call directly to either from the search results, from the mobile device directly from the search results, or from a post, a GMB post, or from the website that they can determine that.
But if somebody’s looking on a laptop and they see the maps listings, see the phone number, and then they call from their mobile device that’s not going to track as an engagement signal in GMB Insights if that makes sense.
So my point is the Insights shows so much engagement on mobile but that’s only a portion of the overall engagement or exposure that that business is actually getting because of, like I said, the restrictions on laptop and desktop not being able to track some of the actions that that visitor is taking, if that makes sense. Okay?
Again, it’s one of the most powerful things that I’ve seen. I think it’s incredible how quickly you could generate leads from GMB stuff, guys. So in case you haven’t joined it yet, do so.
Marco: One of the things that I’m constantly harping about in the Facebook group is that you need to be able to track everything just because of what you said. Because if you don’t, then you’re not going to be able to track some of the conversions. Some of them will take place on websites, some of them will take place by other means, but maybe they go and fill out a contact form or whatever. You need to be able to track everything so you can get paid for everything.
Do You See Value In Adding GSites To Keep A Site Active?
Bradley: This is cool. Steve. Okay. Steve says, “I know you have described the Google Plus as a wasteland before, so do you see value in this new addition to G sites to keep the site active possibly via IFTTT?” G sites and there’s links here, guys. That’s interesting because this was just published on July 30th, so literally nine days ago or 10 days ago.
That’s crazy because Google Plus has been absolutely, Google has been pooling Google Plus’s integration with all of their other products. They’ve been doing it over the last two years really. They’ve been pulling it out slowly but surely. For example, you don’t see Google Plus as an option inside of GMB anymore, inside of Google My Business. It doesn’t automatically create a brand page anymore. You actually kind of have to dig around to figure out how to create a brand page now. It’s interesting.
They’ve taken it out of YouTube. They’ve taken it out of just pretty much everything. So it’s interesting to see that just 10 days ago they’re posting an article about adding G Plus streams as a new feature to Google sites.
As I’ve said this before, guys, look, as long as Google Plus is still around, it is still available, I think you should still be using it because it’s still a Google product. If you can integrate it and connect it with all of your other Google products – your Google site, your drive stacks, your Google profile, all of those, your YouTube channel – there’s no reason why you shouldn’t use it because once again you’re just giving Google more of what it wants.
I do think that’s a great idea embedding … Look, I’m not gonna … Marco’s our iFrame genius and we had a discussion in our MasterMIND community, actually the Facebook group specifically about iFrames and how freaking fabulously they’re working. Marco was commenting on that just recently, the last couple days.
Again, that’s because if you’ve got an embedded Google stream, Google Plus stream, then yeah, that’s great because you’re just creating this iFrame tunnel, like picture-in-picture type thing, that’s just Google properties and it ends up creating a loop. As long as you close the loop with your G site iFrames and you can iFrame into it, like add ID pages, we talked about that kind of stuff in the Syndication Academy for the February update webinar. Everybody loves that. We call it the iFrame, local iFrame loop.
All those things are incredibly powerful and it’s because they’re utilizing iFrames. If you can utilize Google iFrames, you’re gonna squeeze a lot of juice out of it.
Do you want to comment on that?
Marco: No, man, that’s perfect.
Bradley: Okay. We’re good. We’re gonna keep moving. Steve, thanks for pointing that out because that’s a pretty cool update. I’m gonna have to play around with that a little bit. Okay.
Armand’s up. He says, “Not sure how I’m ignorant for wanting …” Oh, well, maybe that was Armand that posted that before. “I thought it was a bold claim by Josh to say he could have it shut down in a snap of a finger. I wasn’t trying to make anyone angry, just thought that was interesting.”
Yeah. Armand, I appreciate that. If that was you that posted that last week or whatever, I get that. All I was saying was that I don’t think we should have commented until we had verified the comment on our own. Not that I’m saying you’re lying about it, but I’m saying, again, on our part, we should have verified the comment and listened to maybe the conversation in its entirety before replying. That’s how I should have handled it and I didn’t, and I apologize for that.
I’m not attacking anybody or you, Armand. Just so you know, guys. That’s not how we are. That’s not who we are. Hey, what did I say? Don’t start none, won’t be none. You know what I mean? But thank you. Yeah.
Really, again, Armand, I don’t wanna get into debate about this. Armand came with a comment and we should have verified it before commenting. That’s all there is to it. Okay.
What Are Your Thoughts On Google Loving HTML Sites Over WordPress Pages?
Gordon’s up. He says, “Hey guys. Thank you very much again for your Hump Days help. It’s greatly appreciated.” Well, you’re welcome, Gordon. He says, “I’ve read everywhere for some time that Google loves WordPress and if you want to rank on the first page more easily you must use WordPress. But lately, I’ve been reading that Google now loves HTML sites much better and that is what we should be using. What is the truth?”
Honestly, you can rank either one. It doesn’t matter. I think it’s funny how things come full circle. It used to be HTML, then it became WordPress. The reason why WordPress has ranked so well is because it’s been industry standard for so long. The problem with WordPress though is, especially now with mobile first indexing, is the fact that WordPress sites are typically a hell of a lot slower and there’s a number of factors that affect that. Right? Hosting being one of the primary factors, but there’s a number of factors that cause WordPress pages, even responsive WordPress themes to load slowly.
Since everything is a mobile indexing first algorithm now, that’s what Google search results are based upon mobile indexing first that rolled out at the end of July. Guys, that’s absolute fact now. Because of that HTML sites load incredibly fast. So much faster than WordPress sites, if you don’t know how to optimize for PageSpeed.
I haven’t read anything about that. I don’t know what the debate is about that specifically right now, because I don’t follow that kind of stuff typically, but I imagine that is a very real debate. I can imagine that is going on right now. I can understand why HTML would probably rank better now because PageSpeed is supposedly a ranking factor, and especially more so now because of the mobile indexing first, mobile first index, excuse me.
Again, HTML sites load incredibly quick. I love HTML sites. I use them a lot for, again, for add Id pages and for a lot of one-off stuff. I just create an HTML page because I can edit it in Notepad++ and then just upload it to a server and it loads quickly. It’s simple to maintain and I don’t have to worry about WordPress updates and security issues and all the other shit that goes on with WordPress.
Anybody wanna comment on that?
Marco: Yeah. We have an AMP plugin and its in Facebook and I’m gonna go to the top and it’s called, on our Facebook group it’s called AMP Creators Mastermind. You can get the plug-in from there, the most up-to-date plug-in. There’s also video that details how to use it and how you can do just some really neat tricks with Google. Google will actually give you ideas and advice on what you need to do with your AMP pages to manipulate Google. How good is that?
AMP Creators Mastermind, the plug-in is in there. It’s free. We’re not charging for it. Just ask to join the group and you’ll get access to the plug-in.
Bradley: Yeah. Just to try and kind of finish up on this question, Gordon, you asked, so what should we be using? Honestly, what’s gonna be easier for you? Right? I mean, here’s the thing. WordPress, the nice thing about WordPress and probably why it has become industry standard for so long, is because there’s so much functionality, between the plugins and all that other stuff.
There’s so much functionality that you can add without having to understand coding, or HTML coding, anyways. So, excuse me. That’s probably why it had become industry standard.
Personally, I can’t do HTML sites other than a simple one pager site. Because I don’t know how to add CSS files and all that, I just don’t know how to do all that. I just know basic HTML. So I always just download an HTML template and then just edit it with the content that I need and upload it for single page stuff. And I do a lot of one page stuff with HTML sites, but I don’t know how to build a full-on website out of HTML and I don’t really care to ever learn how to do that either.
Really, Gordon, it’s what should you be using, whatever is easiest for you and your most efficient with. Because WordPress sites can absolutely be sped up to PageSpeed isn’t the issue. Right? I mean, you might have to be a PageSpeed nerd or expert, happen to be able to do that, but there’s lots of those out there. We’ve got several of them in our Mastermind.
I am not a PageSpeed expert. I know how to do a few things to get it good enough. But I know some of our MasterMIND members that, they tweak and tweak and tweak until they get these incredibly fast load times. I just don’t have the patience to do all that. You know what I mean? If get it fast enough to where it loads quick enough, then it’s not going to be an issue. Okay.
Should You Make All Page Updates And Changes At Once Or Should You Do It As Soon As You’re Done With A Page?
That’s a great question though, by the way. All right. Next one is Greg. Greg. What’s up, Greg? He says, “Hey guys. Over the next few weeks, I will do a significant rewriting and editing of all pages on my site enough so that the rankings will dance all over the place. Do you recommend keeping all updates in draft mode as I write and then posting all the changes on the same day? Or post each page’s edits as they are done over a period of the next few weeks which could keep the site dancing much longer? Thanks.”
That’s a good one. I’ve never tested that, Greg. I can tell you how I’ve done that in the past and that was to just publish the updates as they were completed. Because if it’s a site that’s gonna take a few weeks, because of the amount of content that it’s gonna be updated and it’s gonna take a few weeks, I typically just do all the updates or publish the updates as they occur, as I complete them.
Here’s my logic behind that. Although, guys, I have not tested this, and I’m curious to see what the other guys say, but my logic behind doing it, dripping it out as the changes are completed is that Google’s algorithm, if it’s tuned to identify or to notice that changes are being made in sites, which it is, we know that for sure, but it’s being done slowly over time, it’s logical to me that Google would understand that that site is being updated. There’s a lot of content so it’s gonna take time.
As opposed to doing all the changes in draft mode and then making all the updates at once, that seems more like an activity that an SEO would do. At least, that’s my opinion. But again, guys, this is completely conjectured on my opinion at this point, because I have not tested it. I’ve just always done it in a dripped out fashion because of how I feel it to be a logical reason to do that, if that makes sense.
Again, it’s not tested. That’s just my assumption. Anybody here wanna take a different approach or different angle?
Marco: Yeah. I do it all at once as if it were redesigned. That’s how I take it. I’m redesigning the website, maybe I’m doing the silo architecture, or whatever, and so it just goes live all at once.
Bradley: Okay. As far as dancing, have you tested one against the other to see if-?
Marco: No, because I always do it all at once. I don’t like going back or setting it. You have to set the calendar for each one of those to go out or maybe once it’s done, you have to publish it. Instead, you just have everything ready and then you publish all at once. I think it’s a preference. He may be right, he could set his website dancing time after time after time after time. I haven’t tested that.
Bradley: That’s interesting. That’d be an interesting test, Greg. I mean, I don’t know how I would do. It’s funny because Marco does it one way, I’ve done it the other. So I guess to make a choice. We don’t really know which one’s going … Because we haven’t tested it, I don’t wanna give you a false answer as to which has more of a dancing effect or a prolonged dancing effect versus the other. I can’t tell you honestly. But that would be an interesting test at some point.
Marco: I think Hernan was about to chime in.
Bradley: Were you?
Hernan: Yeah. I was about to say that I agree with you guys. I agree with Bradley in that regard. I was just going to say that I agree.
Does Your Subscription Level In Newswire Influence The Local SEO Power Of A Press Release?
Bradley: Okay. Kay Dee says, “When buying press release from newswire, does the subscription level influence its local SEO power? Is a $97 contributor PR sufficient? As seen here. Also, is it safe to use newswire for repeated weekly submissions or is it necessary to mix up the PR providers?”
Okay, great questions. Newswire is fine. There’s nothing wrong with newswire. As far as I know that the subscription levels shouldn’t make any difference – it’s the distribution level. So, if a higher subscription level gives you better distribution, then yes, the higher subscription levels would produce better results, or they should produce better results, because they mean more distribution. Right?
But as far as I know, if you’re talking about newswire.net, then the subscription levels only adjust, it’s the same distribution network, but they just – and again, I hope I have this right – but I think the different subscription levels, it’s all the same distribution network, it’s just the number of press releases that can be submitted within a given month is what is determined by the subscription level, not the number of distribution sites, if that makes sense.
So, if that’s the case, then no. This wouldn’t make any difference at all because you just get the same distribution level as somebody that might have an agency or a journalist, or whatever the different levels are that they say. Right? It’s the same distribution level or network so the same number of sites that it gets republished to. But somebody with a higher subscription level can submit more press releases within a given timeframe if that makes sense. Now again, if you look at the different pricing options and higher subscription levels have more distribution, then yes, it would make a difference. Okay. So really think about it that way. All right.
Is It Safe To Use Newswire For Repeated Weekly Submissions?
“Also, is it safe to use newswire repeatedly for weekly submissions?” Yeah, it is. The only reason why we talked about mixing up PR providers is because, especially if you’re doing PR stacking, well, even if you’re just doing direct press releases to money sites, for example, as your target URLs, like money sites or maps listings and stuff like that, is if you repeatedly hit it over and over again to the same distribution network, there comes a point where there’s diminishing returns.
I don’t know what that point is, when that threshold occurs or what it takes to cross that threshold. But I do know that I’ve experienced through, especially when I was testing all the stuff that we did for Local PR Pro, which is our training on how to do press release stacking and how to use press releases for ranking and the maps pack really, really quickly. Anyways, when I was doing all my testing for that I found that, when I started to vary the distribution networks, so essentially Newswire.net was one of them, PressCable, which was Chris Munch’s, we also have two press release services in Serp Space that we used. So I have two distribution networks there, plus, you know …
So my point is, I’ve used as many as four different distribution networks for a PR stack for one business. So if I’m going to do four press releases, I might use four different distribution networks and then I get a much more diverse backlink profile. Right? There are a number of sites that are gonna be present on almost every distribution network. They’re common because their press cables that are popular and they’re easy access. But every single distribution network are gonna have some of their own unique distribution partners that the others do not.
That’s why I said that’s the only reason why I would recommend that you have, if PRs or press releases is one of your main services that you provide for your business, then I would recommend that you get some subscriptions in some other press release distribution networks so that you have that diversity available. Right?
Guys, I love press release. I think they’re absolutely amazing. I freaking love them. For SEO purposes, I use press releases like they’re going out of style. It’s one of my primary methods for getting results now, is just using press releases. I mean, in addition to the other SM stuff, like Semantic Mastery stuff that we do – drive stacks, syndication networks, now Local GMB Pro. But press releases are my go-to thing, guys, when I need quick movement, when I need backlinks, when I need citations. It’s just super, super powerful. So I use a number of different services, distribution networks, and I recommend that you do as well. Okay.
Marco: One of the things that works really well for me, and I only do this for stuff that really, really matters, is I’ll set up a press release stack the way that we teach in Local PR Pro, and then somewhere along that stack, sometimes the very last one, I’ll hit it with something like PR web. Now guys, before you go, it’s expensive, right? If you choose, I think, the top level is something like 400 bucks, the next one down is nearly 300 bucks, I always choose the next one down from the top. But you get so much exposure and distribution that it’ll help push everything that you’ve done with the PR stack.
Now again, I do this when it’s something, maybe I’ve come across something that’s really difficult but I know that my client is gonna make a ton of money, and so I’ll go and I’ll get one of these releases. Again, PR Web is one and I forget the one owned by, I always forget the name, the one owned by Warren Buffett. They have a press release service. But either one. I mean, you can’t go wrong, but you will have to spend the money. But then again, just charge the client for it.
Bradley: Yeah. Awesome. But yeah, Kay Dee, a great service. I’m telling you. Actually, yeah, this gives me an opportunity real quick to point something out. So I’m developing prospecting funnel. I’ve been working on it for fucking months, man. No kidding, months and months and months. It’s taken so much longer than I planned. But I’m glad though because, it is difficult to set up through trial and error to get it to work, but because of that not many others out there are willing to do it, which means we’re gonna have a unique product that works incredibly well.
I’m teaching everybody in MasterMIND how to do it, how to build these prospecting funnels. The ultimate goal is, once I have it down and, like the prospecting funnel is absolutely working incredibly well, our sales process still sucks for selling, well, it’s still in development, but the prospecting funnel is working incredibly well.
The reason I bring this up is because, actually my outreach campaign, the cold prospecting emails, because we’re using cold outreach emails right now as our primary prospecting method and it’s working like crazy. I’m gonna show you my pipe drive account here in just a moment for the agency that I’ve been testing all this stuff on, which is my own agency, Big Bamboo Marketing. I’ve been targeting specifically tree service contractors.
But the outreach sequence that I’m using, the cold email sequence that I’m using is a modified sequence that I got from PressCable. I’ve just mentioned that I used Chris Munch’s PressCable as one of my distribution networks for press releases and I have a White Label reseller agency account with them. One of the things that they have inside there is … By the way, we should probably get with Chris Munch at some point and do a promo for his PressCable, because I do use it so much, guys. If somebody wants to make a note of that.
Anyways, it’s a good service. He’s got this White Label agency, like email campaign thing in there, that don’t do all the emailing from their servers. I don’t recommend it, though. Here’s why: because, first of all, it’s templated content. Guys, templated content, if it gets used by too many people, well, Google’s servers and mail filters, it will filter it out. It will send it to spam or send it directly to promotional. Because Google has a machine learning, guys. Google will recognize the same message being sent by dozens and dozens of emails, or even hundreds, or even thousands of emails sending from domains and such. So Google will actually start filtering and automatically classifying certain emails as spam.
So inside PressCable, if you use, and I’m not speaking bad about it, I think it’s good, but what I’m saying is, the templates, the email templates are, I guarantee you that most people don’t go in and edit them considerably, which is what you should do. Right? Anytime somebody gives you an email template, a sequence that’s been templated, you should go in and edit it, customize it specific for your business and change the messaging so that it’s specific for your messaging. Because again, then it becomes unique and it won’t get caught up in the spam filters if too many people use it. So that’s number one.
Number two, they also do the mailing from their own sending domains. I found through testing that most of them are undeliverable or they get rejected by web mail hosts or they go to spam or promotional folder. I know because I’ve tested them. So what I did was I actually pulled all the email copy out, edited everything to be more specific to my business, and then I started sending using GMass in my own sending domains through G suite – so Google apps, Google suite. Now I’m using GMass.co which is fabulous. It’s great for cold outreach prospecting emails. I’m using that, plus my own sending domains, which are alias domains in a G suite account. And we’re getting incredible results.
Here, let me show you, just to prove to you, guys. This is from three weeks of mailing. Take a look at this. I know it’s small on your end, but this is from three weeks of consistent mailing as of yesterday. We only mail Monday through Friday. You can see I’ve got 36 active leads in my pipeline right now. All tree services, because I mentioned that I’m targeting specifically tree service companies.
The reason I’m telling you all this is because I’m using the PressCable sequence that’s a modified version of it, specific to my business, where we’re pitching PR services on the front-end. That’s what’s actually filling this pipeline right now. Again, this is from, we started on Tuesday, three weeks ago, we’ve been mailing five days a week for three weeks. We’ve got 36 inbound leads, which is crazy. Right?
This has been, by far, the most successful prospecting method I’ve used. PRs are a great front-end product especially because you can get really quick wins. So that’s kind of what our pitch is on the front-end right now, is using PR or press releases to kind of get their attention. Okay. Anyways, great that you’re doing that. I like to see it when other people are running with something that works and I know that they work. Okay.
This is Dan, right?
Marco: Yeah, it’s Dan.
Bradley: Okay. “Switched everything to liquidweb.” Cool. That’s awesome, Dan. Remember that conversation we had about hosting and Dan was like, “You got an affiliate link?” I think this was last week or maybe two weeks ago, but yeah, that’s awesome. “How can I get the VIP option?” Just reach out at Support. “Along with the VIP ticket, you’re good to go.” That’s right. Okay, cool. Anyways, Adam got you, Dan. We’ll get you squared.
Yeah, that’s what I saw. Okay. I didn’t realize it was called Gutenberg. Thanks, Jordan. Yeah. Let us know what happens.
Dan, that comes up. The GMB keywords will come up. It’s been rolling out. Not all of my GMB listings show that. Most of them do now, but not all of them. So just be patient. You should start seeing that soon. It’s rolling out I think to all GMB Insights reporting. It’s just, like I said, some of my listings don’t have it, but almost all of them do. So just be patient though, you’ll see that soon.
Yeah. Google Plus has had the world’s longest funeral. Yeah. You know what’s funny about that, guys? You could go back to when we first started Hump Day Hangouts, which I think was in 2013. Maybe ‘14? I guess it was '14. Anyways, whenever it was that we started it, and there was people back then, ever since Google Plus, creation there’s been those people out there, the haters, that said Google Plus is dead. I’m not kidding. You can search probably Google right now, Google Plus is dead, and find articles that were posted like in 2012 that says: Google Plus is dead, it’s a ghost town, it’s going by the wayside.
It was funny because for many years, I would see articles pretty fairly consistently, on social media examiner and all these sites and stuff, that were talking about Google Plus is dead and blah, blah, blah. Yet Google was actually incorporating more and more of Google Plus into its algorithm. Again, when Google first started adding the Semantic Web to how its algorithm worked, like Google Plus was to be used as an identity validator. It was a way to validate somebody as a real person because of the connections that they would have on the web.
Why do you think syndication networks work so well? Because it’s very similar to what Google Plus was trying to do by making all of its products integrate with a singular profile, a Google Plus profile. It was a way to validate an identity of person and tie all of those products to that individual person. Right? That’s part of the reason that they did it.
It’s funny because I remember back in 2012 and '13 and '14 when these articles were coming about Google Plus being dead and Google’s killing it off and all that, I was saying, “No, Google’s not gonna kill it off. It’s so much a part of its semantic algorithm now that there’s no way they’re gonna kill it off.” Well, here we are many years later and I see its death, like Wayne said, it’s a very long and slow funeral, or very long and slow death really. It’s not the funeral yet because it’s not completely dead. But it’s like they’ve been on this terminal illness for the last two years.
I remember years ago, and the reason I brought up the Hump Day Hangouts was because I remember debating that on Hump Day Hangouts and me saying, “I don’t think it’ll ever be taken away. Or if it is, it’s gonna be a long time in the future because it’s been so integrated into how Google identifies or validates an identity and ties all of their products together to one specific person.”
But here we are several years later and they have actually started winding it down, but like Wayne mentioned, it’s been at least two years now that they’ve been pulling this stuff out of products and it’s still in progress, if that makes sense. So it’s interesting to see all these years later the prediction that I made, that it wasn’t gonna be removed entirely, or if it did it was going to take a long time, it’s kind of coming to be true. And all those other people that were like, “Oh, it’s dead,” five, six years ago, they were proven wrong. You know what I mean?
Marco: Who was it? It was Steve Cato that gave us that Google blog and the embed Google stream. Because I just got an idea for a webinar on how we can just totally maximize the use of this with everything that we do, not only in RYS Reloaded, but in Google My Business. Steve, if you’re not in either one, I’m going to invite you to the webinar anyway because you gave me the idea. Guys, if you are in, I’m just gonna give you some monster stuff on how you can manipulate this to death.
Bradley: And that’s in GMB Pro?
Marco: This will be a GMB Pro, but I’m gonna invite the RYS Reloaded guys because they can take advantage of it even if they’re not in Google My Business. I’m going to invite Steve Cato for putting that little itch in my brain on how this can be manipu- … I’ve been thinking about this the whole time we’re talking. I’m thinking, “All this shit and I can do this? And I can do this? And we can circle back doing this?” So it’s gonna be fun.
Bradley: We’ll talk about it, but invite the MasterMIND too then.
Marco: Steve, if you’re not in any of our groups or whatever, if you’re not in Facebook, you should at least be in our free group in Facebook, just reach out to me in Messenger and just give me your email address so I can send you an invitation to the webinar. It’ll take me about two, three, four weeks to set it all up, but once it’s done, I’ll make sure you get invited.
Bradley: Sweet. That’s pretty cool. So you guys you get rewarded for educating us, right?
Greg says, “This looked like a fair comparison.” Thanks, Greg. Actually, I’ve got it open over here. I’m gonna scroll through here and take a look. “Reason to choose HTML, my preference.” Yeah. That’s what I was saying. I mean, if I knew how to do, like build whole HTML websites, honestly, I shouldn’t be building websites anymore anyways, I should be outsourcing that. But there are times that I still do build a lot of single HTML pages because I do a lot of SEO stuff with those, so I do a lot of that on my own. Again, I just added it with Notepad++, it’s very simple to do.
But I don’t know how to build full-on websites with HTML. I don’t think I should be, anyways. I just don’t know how to do that. So if I need to build a whole website, then I just select WordPress. But then I do a few PageSpeed optimizations to cut down on load time. But I agree. I think HTML is a better route to go, but it causes a lot of other issues to not have the functionality that WordPress does.
Anyways, thanks, Greg. I appreciate that. Dominic says, he just had a birthday this week. Happy birthday, Dominic. He says, “Thrive Themes is expensive. I thinking I’m dropping them and moving to Divi 3.0 220 a year for an agency, unlimited sites. That sounds great, because I think we paid almost 600 bucks for our agency license, that we just renewed it this week. “Great drag and drop builder. Any thoughts?”
No. I don’t have any thoughts about it, just because I haven’t used Divi. I’m one of the types of people that I hate testing new WordPress themes or developers because they all have their own unique way of doing things and there’s such a learning curve. I don’t know, I’m not a web designer. So for me, there’s always such a learning curve every time I have to learn how to edit a different WordPress developers theme.
I’ve learned over the years, like I’ve used InkThemes, I-N-K Themes, which aren’t even great themes, to be honest with you, but I used them for years. That was my own. If a client wanted me to build them a website, all I would do was send them to the InkThemes marketplace to choose the template that they wanted, the design that they wanted. If they sent back an email saying, “I don’t really like these. Here are some others that I like,” and they pointed out other developers, I would tell them flat out, “Well, that’s fine, but now the web design cost is going up $1,000. Because I’m gonna have to hire somebody else to do the build instead of me because I don’t know how to do those themes and there’s gonna be a huge learning curve, or I would hire somebody else,”
That’s typically what I would do. If somebody had an existing website on a different theme that they wanted to keep or if they had a specific theme that was built by a developer that I didn’t know, or that I had no experience with, which was pretty much everybody else out there besides InkThemes, then I would either charge them to learn how to work on that theme. Or I would go to Upwork and find somebody that was proficient in that specific developer’s theme and then I would hire them to do it. But I would always add in a premium to that web design service specifically for that reason.
By the way, I’m really not very proficient at Thrive Themes either, but I know enough to be able to build some pages and stuff that look decent. Again, Thrive Themes is my, just, Dominic, for your sake, I know I haven’t used Divi, maybe one of the other guys have, if you’re real proficient with WordPress stuff, it might be easy for you, but for me, I’m sure there’s a learning curve that I don’t want to mess with yet.
Marco: It’s all I’m using now and of course Semantic Mastery has a scissor for all that stuff that we need for anything that needs to be coded or whatever else. But yeah, Divi is what I’ve been using for quite a while now.
Bradley: Yeah. Cool. Check it out, I think we’re done with the questions, guys. Yeah. Dan says he’s in Canada, so maybe next year. Yeah. I don’t know, maybe it’s gonna roll out slower in Canada, if you’re talking about the Insights keywords, Dan.
Anyways, guys, all right, I’m gonna wrap it up. Thanks everybody for being here. We’ll see everybody … Oh, we got MasterMIND webinar tomorrow, guys, so be there or be square.
Adam: Outstanding. Just a quick reminder, I wanted to say something before we wrap up, if you saw the emails Leads Recon from Ted Chen, he gave us a heck of a deal for subscribers, I’m gonna put the link on there, but price is going up. I mean, it’s been out for a while and he’s been working on it, it’s like doubling or something, the price tonight at midnight. So last chance to hop in on that if you want. I think between us, we own several licenses already, so I highly recommend this tool for you, if you’re interested in it.
Bradley: Offer leads recon?
Adam: Yeah.
Bradley: Did you drop the link again?
Adam: I’m gonna do that right now. I need to make sure I get the right one.
Bradley: Also, just for people that might not be on the event page, what is it, if you have the slug, at semanticmastery.com/ what? Or is it leadsrecon.com/semanticmastery or something?
Adam: You know what? I am logged in. Give me a 10 seconds here. If everyone can hold on, this is worth it to the people who want to grab it. I’ll make sure we get this right. It is Semantic Mastery-
Bradley: I did a walkthrough webinar of how I use the tool. So if you’re curious about how the tool works and everything, please watch the webinar. It’s a great tool and it’s a lifetime license for $297. I think it’s 297. It’s like 300 bucks.
Adam: Correct. Yeah. It’s going to a yearly and it’s gonna be something like double or triple that.
Bradley: Yeah. I think he said he was going like 697 for a lifetime option, but it’ll be 297 yearly. The lifetime option for 697, I think, is gonna go away soon. Anyways, my point is, if you’re interested in it at all, you can watch the webinar, you’ll see exactly how I use it. It’s great for getting lead data very, very quickly.
I use another tool, I use Lead Kahuna for most scraping. But I hired a VA to do it because Lead Kahuna pulls so much freaking data. It takes a long time to run and it pulls a ton of data. Most of the data we don’t use, but it does pull in a lot of additional data. Whereas Leads Recon is more about getting results very quickly and it doesn’t give you a whole shit ton of unnecessary data. So it runs real quick, it’s efficient, and it’s a good tool. I highly recommend that you check it out. Okay.
Adam: That’s good.
Bradley: All right, guys. We’ll see y'all next week. Thanks.
Adam: Bye everyone.
Marco: Bye.
Weekly Digital Marketing Q&A – Hump Day Hangouts – Episode 196 published first on your-t1-blog-url
0 notes